diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp')
| -rw-r--r-- | src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp | 12682 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 12682 deletions
diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 231fc261d7..0000000000 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12682 +0,0 @@ -/**************************************************************************** -** -** Copyright (C) 2011 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -** All rights reserved. -** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -** -** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit. -** -** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public -** License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software Foundation and -** appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the packaging of this -** file. Please review the following information to ensure the GNU Lesser -** General Public License version 2.1 requirements will be met: -** http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -** -** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -** -** GNU General Public License Usage -** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU General -** Public License version 3.0 as published by the Free Software Foundation -** and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the packaging of this -** file. Please review the following information to ensure the GNU General -** Public License version 3.0 requirements will be met: -** http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html. -** -** Other Usage -** Alternatively, this file may be used in accordance with the terms and -** conditions contained in a signed written agreement between you and Nokia. -** -** -** -** -** -** $QT_END_LICENSE$ -** -****************************************************************************/ - -#include "qapplication.h" -#include "qapplication_p.h" -#include "qbrush.h" -#include "qcursor.h" -#include "qdesktopwidget.h" -#include "qevent.h" -#include "qhash.h" -#include "qlayout.h" -#include "qmenu.h" -#include "qmetaobject.h" -#include "qpixmap.h" -#include "qpointer.h" -#include "qstack.h" -#include "qstyle.h" -#include "qstylefactory.h" -#include "qvariant.h" -#include "qwidget.h" -#include "qstyleoption.h" -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY -# include "qaccessible.h" -#endif -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) -# include "qt_windows.h" -#endif -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC -# include "qt_mac_p.h" -# include "qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h" -# include "qmainwindow.h" -# include "qtoolbar.h" -# include <private/qmainwindowlayout_p.h> -#endif -#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) -# include "qwsdisplay_qws.h" -# include "qwsmanager_qws.h" -# include "qpaintengine.h" // for PorterDuff -# include "private/qwindowsurface_qws_p.h" -#endif -#if defined(Q_WS_QPA) -#include "qplatformwindow_qpa.h" -#endif -#include "qpainter.h" -#include "qtooltip.h" -#include "qwhatsthis.h" -#include "qdebug.h" -#include "private/qstylesheetstyle_p.h" -#include "private/qstyle_p.h" -#include "private/qinputcontext_p.h" -#include "qfileinfo.h" -#include "private/qsoftkeymanager_p.h" - -#if defined (Q_WS_WIN) -# include <private/qwininputcontext_p.h> -#endif - -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) -# include <private/qpaintengine_x11_p.h> -# include "qx11info_x11.h" -#endif - -#include <private/qgraphicseffect_p.h> -#include <private/qwindowsurface_p.h> -#include <private/qbackingstore_p.h> -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC -# include <private/qpaintengine_mac_p.h> -#endif -#include <private/qpaintengine_raster_p.h> - -#if defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) -#include "private/qt_s60_p.h" -#endif - -#include "qwidget_p.h" -#include "qaction_p.h" -#include "qlayout_p.h" -#include "QtGui/qgraphicsproxywidget.h" -#include "QtGui/qgraphicsscene.h" -#include "private/qgraphicsproxywidget_p.h" -#include "QtGui/qabstractscrollarea.h" -#include "private/qabstractscrollarea_p.h" -#include "private/qevent_p.h" - -#include "private/qgraphicssystem_p.h" -#include "private/qgesturemanager_p.h" - -#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION -#include "qtabwidget.h" // Needed in inTabWidget() -#endif // QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION - -#ifdef Q_WS_S60 -#include <aknappui.h> -#endif - -// widget/widget data creation count -//#define QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG -//#define ALIEN_DEBUG - -QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE - -#if !defined(Q_WS_QWS) -static bool qt_enable_backingstore = true; -#endif -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 -// for compatibility with Qt 4.0 -Q_GUI_EXPORT void qt_x11_set_global_double_buffer(bool enable) -{ - qt_enable_backingstore = enable; -} -#endif - -#if defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA) -bool qt_mac_clearDirtyOnWidgetInsideDrawWidget = false; -#endif - -static inline bool qRectIntersects(const QRect &r1, const QRect &r2) -{ - return (qMax(r1.left(), r2.left()) <= qMin(r1.right(), r2.right()) && - qMax(r1.top(), r2.top()) <= qMin(r1.bottom(), r2.bottom())); -} - -static inline bool hasBackingStoreSupport() -{ -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - return QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem() != 0; -#else - return true; -#endif -} - -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC -# define QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG -#endif - -extern bool qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(QObject*, QEvent*); // qapplication.cpp -extern QDesktopWidget *qt_desktopWidget; // qapplication.cpp - -/*! - \internal - \class QWidgetBackingStoreTracker - \brief Class which allows tracking of which widgets are using a given backing store - - QWidgetBackingStoreTracker is a thin wrapper around a QWidgetBackingStore pointer, - which maintains a list of the QWidgets which are currently using the backing - store. This list is modified via the registerWidget and unregisterWidget functions. - */ - -QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::QWidgetBackingStoreTracker() - : m_ptr(0) -{ - -} - -QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::~QWidgetBackingStoreTracker() -{ - delete m_ptr; -} - -/*! - \internal - Destroy the contained QWidgetBackingStore, if not null, and clear the list of - widgets using the backing store, then create a new QWidgetBackingStore, providing - the QWidget. - */ -void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::create(QWidget *widget) -{ - destroy(); - m_ptr = new QWidgetBackingStore(widget); -} - -/*! - \internal - Destroy the contained QWidgetBackingStore, if not null, and clear the list of - widgets using the backing store. - */ -void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::destroy() -{ - delete m_ptr; - m_ptr = 0; - m_widgets.clear(); -} - -/*! - \internal - Add the widget to the list of widgets currently using the backing store. - If the widget was already in the list, this function is a no-op. - */ -void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::registerWidget(QWidget *w) -{ - Q_ASSERT(m_ptr); - Q_ASSERT(w->internalWinId()); - Q_ASSERT(qt_widget_private(w)->maybeBackingStore() == m_ptr); - m_widgets.insert(w); -} - -/*! - \internal - Remove the widget from the list of widgets currently using the backing store. - If the widget was in the list, and removing it causes the list to be empty, - the backing store is deleted. - If the widget was not in the list, this function is a no-op. - */ -void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::unregisterWidget(QWidget *w) -{ - if (m_widgets.remove(w) && m_widgets.isEmpty()) { - delete m_ptr; - m_ptr = 0; - } -} - -/*! - \internal - Recursively remove widget and all of its descendents. - */ -void QWidgetBackingStoreTracker::unregisterWidgetSubtree(QWidget *widget) -{ - unregisterWidget(widget); - foreach (QObject *child, widget->children()) - if (QWidget *childWidget = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(child)) - unregisterWidgetSubtree(childWidget); -} - -QWidgetPrivate::QWidgetPrivate(int version) - : QObjectPrivate(version) - , extra(0) - , focus_next(0) - , focus_prev(0) - , focus_child(0) - , layout(0) - , needsFlush(0) - , redirectDev(0) - , widgetItem(0) - , extraPaintEngine(0) - , polished(0) - , graphicsEffect(0) -#if !defined(QT_NO_IM) - , imHints(Qt::ImhNone) -#endif - , inheritedFontResolveMask(0) - , inheritedPaletteResolveMask(0) - , leftmargin(0) - , topmargin(0) - , rightmargin(0) - , bottommargin(0) - , leftLayoutItemMargin(0) - , topLayoutItemMargin(0) - , rightLayoutItemMargin(0) - , bottomLayoutItemMargin(0) - , hd(0) - , size_policy(QSizePolicy::Preferred, QSizePolicy::Preferred) - , fg_role(QPalette::NoRole) - , bg_role(QPalette::NoRole) - , dirtyOpaqueChildren(1) - , isOpaque(0) - , inDirtyList(0) - , isScrolled(0) - , isMoved(0) - , isGLWidget(0) - , usesDoubleBufferedGLContext(0) -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - , inheritsInputMethodHints(0) -#endif - , inSetParent(0) -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - , picture(0) -#elif defined(Q_WS_WIN) - , noPaintOnScreen(0) - #ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES - , nativeGesturePanEnabled(0) - #endif -#elif defined(Q_WS_MAC) - , needWindowChange(0) - , window_event(0) - , qd_hd(0) -#elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) - , symbianScreenNumber(0) - , fixNativeOrientationCalled(false) -#endif -{ - if (!qApp) { - qFatal("QWidget: Must construct a QApplication before a QPaintDevice"); - return; - } - - if (version != QObjectPrivateVersion) - qFatal("Cannot mix incompatible Qt libraries"); - - isWidget = true; - memset(high_attributes, 0, sizeof(high_attributes)); -#if QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - drawRectOriginalAdded = false; - originalDrawMethod = true; - changeMethods = false; - isInUnifiedToolbar = false; - unifiedSurface = 0; - toolbar_ancestor = 0; - flushRequested = false; - touchEventsEnabled = false; -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA -#ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG - static int count = 0; - qDebug() << "widgets" << ++count; -#endif -} - - -QWidgetPrivate::~QWidgetPrivate() -{ - if (widgetItem) - widgetItem->wid = 0; - - if (extra) - deleteExtra(); - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - delete graphicsEffect; -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT -} - -class QDummyWindowSurface : public QWindowSurface -{ -public: - QDummyWindowSurface(QWidget *window) : QWindowSurface(window) {} - QPaintDevice *paintDevice() { return window(); } - void flush(QWidget *, const QRegion &, const QPoint &) {} -}; - -QWindowSurface *QWidgetPrivate::createDefaultWindowSurface() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - - QWindowSurface *surface; -#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES - if (q->property("_q_DummyWindowSurface").toBool()) { - surface = new QDummyWindowSurface(q); - } else -#endif - { - if (QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem()) - surface = QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem()->createWindowSurface(q); - else - surface = createDefaultWindowSurface_sys(); - } - - return surface; -} - -/*! - \internal -*/ -void QWidgetPrivate::scrollChildren(int dx, int dy) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if (q->children().size() > 0) { // scroll children - QPoint pd(dx, dy); - QObjectList childObjects = q->children(); - for (int i = 0; i < childObjects.size(); ++i) { // move all children - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childObjects.at(i)); - if (w && !w->isWindow()) { - QPoint oldp = w->pos(); - QRect r(w->pos() + pd, w->size()); - w->data->crect = r; -#ifndef Q_WS_QWS - if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - w->d_func()->setWSGeometry(); -#endif - w->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - QMoveEvent e(r.topLeft(), oldp); - QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e); - } - } - } -} - -QInputContext *QWidgetPrivate::assignedInputContext() const -{ -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - const QWidget *widget = q_func(); - while (widget) { - if (QInputContext *qic = widget->d_func()->ic) - return qic; - widget = widget->parentWidget(); - } -#endif - return 0; -} - -QInputContext *QWidgetPrivate::inputContext() const -{ -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - if (QInputContext *qic = assignedInputContext()) - return qic; - return qApp->inputContext(); -#else - return 0; -#endif -} - -/*! - This function returns the QInputContext for this widget. By - default the input context is inherited from the widgets - parent. For toplevels it is inherited from QApplication. - - You can override this and set a special input context for this - widget by using the setInputContext() method. - - \sa setInputContext() -*/ -QInputContext *QWidget::inputContext() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) - return 0; - - return d->inputContext(); -} - -/*! - This function sets the input context \a context - on this widget. - - Qt takes ownership of the given input \a context. - - \sa inputContext() -*/ -void QWidget::setInputContext(QInputContext *context) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) - return; -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - if (context == d->ic) - return; - if (d->ic) - delete d->ic; - d->ic = context; - if (d->ic) - d->ic->setParent(this); -#endif -} - - -/*! - \obsolete - - This function can be called on the widget that currently has focus - to reset the input method operating on it. - - This function is providing for convenience, instead you should use - \l{QInputContext::}{reset()} on the input context that was - returned by inputContext(). - - \sa QInputContext, inputContext(), QInputContext::reset() -*/ -void QWidget::resetInputContext() -{ - if (!hasFocus()) - return; -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - QInputContext *qic = this->inputContext(); - if(qic) - qic->reset(); -#endif // QT_NO_IM -} - -#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION -QPointer<QWidget> QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget; - -/*! - Returns true if this widget currently has edit focus; otherwise false. - - This feature is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux. - - \sa setEditFocus(), QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled() -*/ -bool QWidget::hasEditFocus() const -{ - const QWidget* w = this; - while (w->d_func()->extra && w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy) - w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy; - return QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == w; -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setEditFocus(bool enable) - - If \a enable is true, make this widget have edit focus, in which - case Qt::Key_Up and Qt::Key_Down will be delivered to the widget - normally; otherwise, Qt::Key_Up and Qt::Key_Down are used to - change focus. - - This feature is only available in Qt for Embedded Linux and Qt - for Symbian. - - \sa hasEditFocus(), QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled() -*/ -void QWidget::setEditFocus(bool on) -{ - QWidget *f = this; - while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy) - f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy; - - if (QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget != f) - QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget->setEditFocus(false); - - if (on && !f->hasFocus()) - f->setFocus(); - - if ((!on && !QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget) - || (on && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == f)) { - return; - } - - if (!on && QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget == f) { - QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget = 0; - QEvent event(QEvent::LeaveEditFocus); - QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event); - QApplication::sendEvent(f->style(), &event); - } else if (on) { - QWidgetPrivate::editingWidget = f; - QEvent event(QEvent::EnterEditFocus); - QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event); - QApplication::sendEvent(f->style(), &event); - } -} -#endif - -/*! - \property QWidget::autoFillBackground - \brief whether the widget background is filled automatically - \since 4.1 - - If enabled, this property will cause Qt to fill the background of the - widget before invoking the paint event. The color used is defined by the - QPalette::Window color role from the widget's \l{QPalette}{palette}. - - In addition, Windows are always filled with QPalette::Window, unless the - WA_OpaquePaintEvent or WA_NoSystemBackground attributes are set. - - This property cannot be turned off (i.e., set to false) if a widget's - parent has a static gradient for its background. - - \warning Use this property with caution in conjunction with - \l{Qt Style Sheets}. When a widget has a style sheet with a valid - background or a border-image, this property is automatically disabled. - - By default, this property is false. - - \sa Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground, - {QWidget#Transparency and Double Buffering}{Transparency and Double Buffering} -*/ -bool QWidget::autoFillBackground() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->extra && d->extra->autoFillBackground; -} - -void QWidget::setAutoFillBackground(bool enabled) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (!d->extra) - d->createExtra(); - if (d->extra->autoFillBackground == enabled) - return; - - d->extra->autoFillBackground = enabled; - d->updateIsOpaque(); - update(); - d->updateIsOpaque(); -} - -/*! - \class QWidget - \brief The QWidget class is the base class of all user interface objects. - - \ingroup basicwidgets - - The widget is the atom of the user interface: it receives mouse, keyboard - and other events from the window system, and paints a representation of - itself on the screen. Every widget is rectangular, and they are sorted in a - Z-order. A widget is clipped by its parent and by the widgets in front of - it. - - A widget that is not embedded in a parent widget is called a window. - Usually, windows have a frame and a title bar, although it is also possible - to create windows without such decoration using suitable - \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags}). In Qt, QMainWindow and the various - subclasses of QDialog are the most common window types. - - Every widget's constructor accepts one or two standard arguments: - - \list 1 - \i \c{QWidget *parent = 0} is the parent of the new widget. If it is 0 - (the default), the new widget will be a window. If not, it will be - a child of \e parent, and be constrained by \e parent's geometry - (unless you specify Qt::Window as window flag). - \i \c{Qt::WindowFlags f = 0} (where available) sets the window flags; - the default is suitable for almost all widgets, but to get, for - example, a window without a window system frame, you must use - special flags. - \endlist - - QWidget has many member functions, but some of them have little direct - functionality; for example, QWidget has a font property, but never uses - this itself. There are many subclasses which provide real functionality, - such as QLabel, QPushButton, QListWidget, and QTabWidget. - - - \section1 Top-Level and Child Widgets - - A widget without a parent widget is always an independent window (top-level - widget). For these widgets, setWindowTitle() and setWindowIcon() set the - title bar and icon respectively. - - Non-window widgets are child widgets, displayed within their parent - widgets. Most widgets in Qt are mainly useful as child widgets. For - example, it is possible to display a button as a top-level window, but most - people prefer to put their buttons inside other widgets, such as QDialog. - - \image parent-child-widgets.png A parent widget containing various child widgets. - - The diagram above shows a QGroupBox widget being used to hold various child - widgets in a layout provided by QGridLayout. The QLabel child widgets have - been outlined to indicate their full sizes. - - If you want to use a QWidget to hold child widgets you will usually want to - add a layout to the parent QWidget. See \l{Layout Management} for more - information. - - - \section1 Composite Widgets - - When a widget is used as a container to group a number of child widgets, it - is known as a composite widget. These can be created by constructing a - widget with the required visual properties - a QFrame, for example - and - adding child widgets to it, usually managed by a layout. The above diagram - shows such a composite widget that was created using \l{Qt Designer}. - - Composite widgets can also be created by subclassing a standard widget, - such as QWidget or QFrame, and adding the necessary layout and child - widgets in the constructor of the subclass. Many of the \l{Qt Examples} - {examples provided with Qt} use this approach, and it is also covered in - the Qt \l{Tutorials}. - - - \section1 Custom Widgets and Painting - - Since QWidget is a subclass of QPaintDevice, subclasses can be used to - display custom content that is composed using a series of painting - operations with an instance of the QPainter class. This approach contrasts - with the canvas-style approach used by the \l{Graphics View} - {Graphics View Framework} where items are added to a scene by the - application and are rendered by the framework itself. - - Each widget performs all painting operations from within its paintEvent() - function. This is called whenever the widget needs to be redrawn, either - as a result of some external change or when requested by the application. - - The \l{widgets/analogclock}{Analog Clock example} shows how a simple widget - can handle paint events. - - - \section1 Size Hints and Size Policies - - When implementing a new widget, it is almost always useful to reimplement - sizeHint() to provide a reasonable default size for the widget and to set - the correct size policy with setSizePolicy(). - - By default, composite widgets which do not provide a size hint will be - sized according to the space requirements of their child widgets. - - The size policy lets you supply good default behavior for the layout - management system, so that other widgets can contain and manage yours - easily. The default size policy indicates that the size hint represents - the preferred size of the widget, and this is often good enough for many - widgets. - - \note The size of top-level widgets are constrained to 2/3 of the desktop's - height and width. You can resize() the widget manually if these bounds are - inadequate. - - - \section1 Events - - Widgets respond to events that are typically caused by user actions. Qt - delivers events to widgets by calling specific event handler functions with - instances of QEvent subclasses containing information about each event. - - If your widget only contains child widgets, you probably do not need to - implement any event handlers. If you want to detect a mouse click in a - child widget call the child's underMouse() function inside the widget's - mousePressEvent(). - - The \l{widgets/scribble}{Scribble example} implements a wider set of - events to handle mouse movement, button presses, and window resizing. - - You will need to supply the behavior and content for your own widgets, but - here is a brief overview of the events that are relevant to QWidget, - starting with the most common ones: - - \list - \i paintEvent() is called whenever the widget needs to be repainted. - Every widget displaying custom content must implement it. Painting - using a QPainter can only take place in a paintEvent() or a - function called by a paintEvent(). - \i resizeEvent() is called when the widget has been resized. - \i mousePressEvent() is called when a mouse button is pressed while - the mouse cursor is inside the widget, or when the widget has - grabbed the mouse using grabMouse(). Pressing the mouse without - releasing it is effectively the same as calling grabMouse(). - \i mouseReleaseEvent() is called when a mouse button is released. A - widget receives mouse release events when it has received the - corresponding mouse press event. This means that if the user - presses the mouse inside \e your widget, then drags the mouse - somewhere else before releasing the mouse button, \e your widget - receives the release event. There is one exception: if a popup menu - appears while the mouse button is held down, this popup immediately - steals the mouse events. - \i mouseDoubleClickEvent() is called when the user double-clicks in - the widget. If the user double-clicks, the widget receives a mouse - press event, a mouse release event and finally this event instead - of a second mouse press event. (Some mouse move events may also be - received if the mouse is not held steady during this operation.) It - is \e{not possible} to distinguish a click from a double-click - until the second click arrives. (This is one reason why most GUI - books recommend that double-clicks be an extension of - single-clicks, rather than trigger a different action.) - \endlist - - Widgets that accept keyboard input need to reimplement a few more event - handlers: - - \list - \i keyPressEvent() is called whenever a key is pressed, and again when - a key has been held down long enough for it to auto-repeat. The - \key Tab and \key Shift+Tab keys are only passed to the widget if - they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. To force those - keys to be processed by your widget, you must reimplement - QWidget::event(). - \i focusInEvent() is called when the widget gains keyboard focus - (assuming you have called setFocusPolicy()). Well-behaved widgets - indicate that they own the keyboard focus in a clear but discreet - way. - \i focusOutEvent() is called when the widget loses keyboard focus. - \endlist - - You may be required to also reimplement some of the less common event - handlers: - - \list - \i mouseMoveEvent() is called whenever the mouse moves while a mouse - button is held down. This can be useful during drag and drop - operations. If you call \l{setMouseTracking()}{setMouseTracking}(true), - you get mouse move events even when no buttons are held down. - (See also the \l{Drag and Drop} guide.) - \i keyReleaseEvent() is called whenever a key is released and while it - is held down (if the key is auto-repeating). In that case, the - widget will receive a pair of key release and key press event for - every repeat. The \key Tab and \key Shift+Tab keys are only passed - to the widget if they are not used by the focus-change mechanisms. - To force those keys to be processed by your widget, you must - reimplement QWidget::event(). - \i wheelEvent() is called whenever the user turns the mouse wheel - while the widget has the focus. - \i enterEvent() is called when the mouse enters the widget's screen - space. (This excludes screen space owned by any of the widget's - children.) - \i leaveEvent() is called when the mouse leaves the widget's screen - space. If the mouse enters a child widget it will not cause a - leaveEvent(). - \i moveEvent() is called when the widget has been moved relative to - its parent. - \i closeEvent() is called when the user closes the widget (or when - close() is called). - \endlist - - There are also some rather obscure events described in the documentation - for QEvent::Type. To handle these events, you need to reimplement event() - directly. - - The default implementation of event() handles \key Tab and \key Shift+Tab - (to move the keyboard focus), and passes on most of the other events to - one of the more specialized handlers above. - - Events and the mechanism used to deliver them are covered in - \l{The Event System}. - - \section1 Groups of Functions and Properties - - \table - \header \i Context \i Functions and Properties - - \row \i Window functions \i - show(), - hide(), - raise(), - lower(), - close(). - - \row \i Top-level windows \i - \l windowModified, \l windowTitle, \l windowIcon, \l windowIconText, - \l isActiveWindow, activateWindow(), \l minimized, showMinimized(), - \l maximized, showMaximized(), \l fullScreen, showFullScreen(), - showNormal(). - - \row \i Window contents \i - update(), - repaint(), - scroll(). - - \row \i Geometry \i - \l pos, x(), y(), \l rect, \l size, width(), height(), move(), resize(), - \l sizePolicy, sizeHint(), minimumSizeHint(), - updateGeometry(), layout(), - \l frameGeometry, \l geometry, \l childrenRect, \l childrenRegion, - adjustSize(), - mapFromGlobal(), mapToGlobal(), - mapFromParent(), mapToParent(), - \l maximumSize, \l minimumSize, \l sizeIncrement, - \l baseSize, setFixedSize() - - \row \i Mode \i - \l visible, isVisibleTo(), - \l enabled, isEnabledTo(), - \l modal, - isWindow(), - \l mouseTracking, - \l updatesEnabled, - visibleRegion(). - - \row \i Look and feel \i - style(), - setStyle(), - \l styleSheet, - \l cursor, - \l font, - \l palette, - backgroundRole(), setBackgroundRole(), - fontInfo(), fontMetrics(). - - \row \i Keyboard focus functions \i - \l focus, \l focusPolicy, - setFocus(), clearFocus(), setTabOrder(), setFocusProxy(), - focusNextChild(), focusPreviousChild(). - - \row \i Mouse and keyboard grabbing \i - grabMouse(), releaseMouse(), - grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), - mouseGrabber(), keyboardGrabber(). - - \row \i Event handlers \i - event(), - mousePressEvent(), - mouseReleaseEvent(), - mouseDoubleClickEvent(), - mouseMoveEvent(), - keyPressEvent(), - keyReleaseEvent(), - focusInEvent(), - focusOutEvent(), - wheelEvent(), - enterEvent(), - leaveEvent(), - paintEvent(), - moveEvent(), - resizeEvent(), - closeEvent(), - dragEnterEvent(), - dragMoveEvent(), - dragLeaveEvent(), - dropEvent(), - childEvent(), - showEvent(), - hideEvent(), - customEvent(). - changeEvent(), - - \row \i System functions \i - parentWidget(), window(), setParent(), winId(), - find(), metric(). - - \row \i Interactive help \i - setToolTip(), setWhatsThis() - - \endtable - - - \section1 Widget Style Sheets - - In addition to the standard widget styles for each platform, widgets can - also be styled according to rules specified in a \l{styleSheet} - {style sheet}. This feature enables you to customize the appearance of - specific widgets to provide visual cues to users about their purpose. For - example, a button could be styled in a particular way to indicate that it - performs a destructive action. - - The use of widget style sheets is described in more detail in the - \l{Qt Style Sheets} document. - - - \section1 Transparency and Double Buffering - - Since Qt 4.0, QWidget automatically double-buffers its painting, so there - is no need to write double-buffering code in paintEvent() to avoid - flicker. - - Since Qt 4.1, the Qt::WA_ContentsPropagated widget attribute has been - deprecated. Instead, the contents of parent widgets are propagated by - default to each of their children as long as Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen is not - set. Custom widgets can be written to take advantage of this feature by - updating irregular regions (to create non-rectangular child widgets), or - painting with colors that have less than full alpha component. The - following diagram shows how attributes and properties of a custom widget - can be fine-tuned to achieve different effects. - - \image propagation-custom.png - - In the above diagram, a semi-transparent rectangular child widget with an - area removed is constructed and added to a parent widget (a QLabel showing - a pixmap). Then, different properties and widget attributes are set to - achieve different effects: - - \list - \i The left widget has no additional properties or widget attributes - set. This default state suits most custom widgets using - transparency, are irregularly-shaped, or do not paint over their - entire area with an opaque brush. - \i The center widget has the \l autoFillBackground property set. This - property is used with custom widgets that rely on the widget to - supply a default background, and do not paint over their entire - area with an opaque brush. - \i The right widget has the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute - set. This indicates that the widget will paint over its entire area - with opaque colors. The widget's area will initially be - \e{uninitialized}, represented in the diagram with a red diagonal - grid pattern that shines through the overpainted area. The - Qt::WA_OpaquePaintArea attribute is useful for widgets that need to - paint their own specialized contents quickly and do not need a - default filled background. - \endlist - - To rapidly update custom widgets with simple background colors, such as - real-time plotting or graphing widgets, it is better to define a suitable - background color (using setBackgroundRole() with the - QPalette::Window role), set the \l autoFillBackground property, and only - implement the necessary drawing functionality in the widget's paintEvent(). - - To rapidly update custom widgets that constantly paint over their entire - areas with opaque content, e.g., video streaming widgets, it is better to - set the widget's Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent, avoiding any unnecessary overhead - associated with repainting the widget's background. - - If a widget has both the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute \e{and} - the \l autoFillBackground property set, the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent - attribute takes precedence. Depending on your requirements, you should - choose either one of them. - - Since Qt 4.1, the contents of parent widgets are also propagated to - standard Qt widgets. This can lead to some unexpected results if the - parent widget is decorated in a non-standard way, as shown in the diagram - below. - - \image propagation-standard.png - - The scope for customizing the painting behavior of standard Qt widgets, - without resorting to subclassing, is slightly less than that possible for - custom widgets. Usually, the desired appearance of a standard widget can be - achieved by setting its \l autoFillBackground property. - - - \section1 Creating Translucent Windows - - Since Qt 4.5, it has been possible to create windows with translucent regions - on window systems that support compositing. - - To enable this feature in a top-level widget, set its Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground - attribute with setAttribute() and ensure that its background is painted with - non-opaque colors in the regions you want to be partially transparent. - - Platform notes: - - \list - \o X11: This feature relies on the use of an X server that supports ARGB visuals - and a compositing window manager. - \o Windows: The widget needs to have the Qt::FramelessWindowHint window flag set - for the translucency to work. - \endlist - - - \section1 Native Widgets vs Alien Widgets - - Introduced in Qt 4.4, alien widgets are widgets unknown to the windowing - system. They do not have a native window handle associated with them. This - feature significantly speeds up widget painting, resizing, and removes flicker. - - Should you require the old behavior with native windows, you can choose - one of the following options: - - \list 1 - \i Use the \c{QT_USE_NATIVE_WINDOWS=1} in your environment. - \i Set the Qt::AA_NativeWindows attribute on your application. All - widgets will be native widgets. - \i Set the Qt::WA_NativeWindow attribute on widgets: The widget itself - and all of its ancestors will become native (unless - Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors is set). - \i Call QWidget::winId to enforce a native window (this implies 3). - \i Set the Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen attribute to enforce a native window - (this implies 3). - \endlist - - \sa QEvent, QPainter, QGridLayout, QBoxLayout - - \section1 Softkeys - - Since Qt 4.6, Softkeys are usually physical keys on a device that have a corresponding label or - other visual representation on the screen that is generally located next to its - physical counterpart. They are most often found on mobile phone platforms. In - modern touch based user interfaces it is also possible to have softkeys that do - not correspond to any physical keys. Softkeys differ from other onscreen labels - in that they are contextual. - - In Qt, contextual softkeys are added to a widget by calling addAction() and - passing a \c QAction with a softkey role set on it. When the widget - containing the softkey actions has focus, its softkeys should appear in - the user interface. Softkeys are discovered by traversing the widget - hierarchy so it is possible to define a single set of softkeys that are - present at all times by calling addAction() for a given top level widget. - - On some platforms, this concept overlaps with \c QMenuBar such that if no - other softkeys are found and the top level widget is a QMainWindow containing - a QMenuBar, the menubar actions may appear on one of the softkeys. - - Note: Currently softkeys are only supported on the Symbian Platform. - - \sa addAction(), QAction, QMenuBar - -*/ - -QWidgetMapper *QWidgetPrivate::mapper = 0; // widget with wid -QWidgetSet *QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets = 0; // widgets with no wid - - -/***************************************************************************** - QWidget utility functions - *****************************************************************************/ - -QRegion qt_dirtyRegion(QWidget *widget) -{ - if (!widget) - return QRegion(); - - QWidgetBackingStore *bs = qt_widget_private(widget)->maybeBackingStore(); - if (!bs) - return QRegion(); - - return bs->dirtyRegion(widget); -} - -/***************************************************************************** - QWidget member functions - *****************************************************************************/ - -/* - Widget state flags: - \list - \i Qt::WA_WState_Created The widget has a valid winId(). - \i Qt::WA_WState_Visible The widget is currently visible. - \i Qt::WA_WState_Hidden The widget is hidden, i.e. it won't - become visible unless you call show() on it. Qt::WA_WState_Hidden - implies !Qt::WA_WState_Visible. - \i Qt::WA_WState_CompressKeys Compress keyboard events. - \i Qt::WA_WState_BlockUpdates Repaints and updates are disabled. - \i Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent Currently processing a paint event. - \i Qt::WA_WState_Reparented The widget has been reparented. - \i Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending A configuration (resize/move) event is pending. - \i Qt::WA_WState_DND (Deprecated) The widget supports drag and drop, see setAcceptDrops(). - \endlist -*/ - -struct QWidgetExceptionCleaner -{ - /* this cleans up when the constructor throws an exception */ - static inline void cleanup(QWidget *that, QWidgetPrivate *d) - { -#ifdef QT_NO_EXCEPTIONS - Q_UNUSED(that); - Q_UNUSED(d); -#else - QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->remove(that); - if (d->focus_next != that) { - if (d->focus_next) - d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev = d->focus_prev; - if (d->focus_prev) - d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next = d->focus_next; - } -#endif - } -}; - -/*! - Constructs a widget which is a child of \a parent, with widget - flags set to \a f. - - If \a parent is 0, the new widget becomes a window. If - \a parent is another widget, this widget becomes a child window - inside \a parent. The new widget is deleted when its \a parent is - deleted. - - The widget flags argument, \a f, is normally 0, but it can be set - to customize the frame of a window (i.e. \a - parent must be 0). To customize the frame, use a value composed - from the bitwise OR of any of the \l{Qt::WindowFlags}{window flags}. - - If you add a child widget to an already visible widget you must - explicitly show the child to make it visible. - - Note that the X11 version of Qt may not be able to deliver all - combinations of style flags on all systems. This is because on - X11, Qt can only ask the window manager, and the window manager - can override the application's settings. On Windows, Qt can set - whatever flags you want. - - \sa windowFlags -*/ -QWidget::QWidget(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f) - : QObject(*new QWidgetPrivate, 0), QPaintDevice() -{ - QT_TRY { - d_func()->init(parent, f); - } QT_CATCH(...) { - QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func()); - QT_RETHROW; - } -} - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT -/*! - \overload - \obsolete - */ -QWidget::QWidget(QWidget *parent, const char *name, Qt::WindowFlags f) - : QObject(*new QWidgetPrivate, 0), QPaintDevice() -{ - QT_TRY { - d_func()->init(parent , f); - setObjectName(QString::fromAscii(name)); - } QT_CATCH(...) { - QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func()); - QT_RETHROW; - } -} -#endif - -/*! \internal -*/ -QWidget::QWidget(QWidgetPrivate &dd, QWidget* parent, Qt::WindowFlags f) - : QObject(dd, 0), QPaintDevice() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - QT_TRY { - d->init(parent, f); - } QT_CATCH(...) { - QWidgetExceptionCleaner::cleanup(this, d_func()); - QT_RETHROW; - } -} - -/*! - \internal -*/ -int QWidget::devType() const -{ - return QInternal::Widget; -} - - -//### w is a "this" ptr, passed as a param because QWorkspace needs special logic -void QWidgetPrivate::adjustFlags(Qt::WindowFlags &flags, QWidget *w) -{ - bool customize = (flags & (Qt::CustomizeWindowHint - | Qt::FramelessWindowHint - | Qt::WindowTitleHint - | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint - | Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint - | Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint - | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint - | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint)); - - uint type = (flags & Qt::WindowType_Mask); - - if ((type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) && w && !w->parent()) { - type = Qt::Window; - flags |= Qt::Window; - } - - if (flags & Qt::CustomizeWindowHint) { - // modify window flags to make them consistent. - // Only enable this on non-Mac platforms. Since the old way of doing this would - // interpret WindowSystemMenuHint as a close button and we can't change that behavior - // we can't just add this in. -#ifndef Q_WS_MAC - if (flags & (Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint)) { - flags |= Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint; -#else - if (flags & (Qt::WindowMinMaxButtonsHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint - | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint)) { -#endif - flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint; - flags &= ~Qt::FramelessWindowHint; - } - } else if (customize && !(flags & Qt::FramelessWindowHint)) { - // if any of the window hints that affect the titlebar are set - // and the window is supposed to have frame, we add a titlebar - // and system menu by default. - flags |= Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint; - flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint; - } - if (customize) - ; // don't modify window flags if the user explicitly set them. - else if (type == Qt::Dialog || type == Qt::Sheet) -#ifndef Q_WS_WINCE - flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowContextHelpButtonHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint; -#else - flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint; -#endif - else if (type == Qt::Tool) - flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint; - else - flags |= Qt::WindowTitleHint | Qt::WindowSystemMenuHint | Qt::WindowMinimizeButtonHint | Qt::WindowMaximizeButtonHint | Qt::WindowCloseButtonHint; - - -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::init(QWidget *parentWidget, Qt::WindowFlags f) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if (QApplication::type() == QApplication::Tty) - qFatal("QWidget: Cannot create a QWidget when no GUI is being used"); - - Q_ASSERT(allWidgets); - if (allWidgets) - allWidgets->insert(q); - - QWidget *desktopWidget = 0; - if (parentWidget && parentWidget->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) { - desktopWidget = parentWidget; - parentWidget = 0; - } - - q->data = &data; - -#ifndef QT_NO_THREAD - if (!parent) { - Q_ASSERT_X(q->thread() == qApp->thread(), "QWidget", - "Widgets must be created in the GUI thread."); - } -#endif - -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - if (desktopWidget) { - // make sure the widget is created on the same screen as the - // programmer specified desktop widget - xinfo = desktopWidget->d_func()->xinfo; - } -#elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) - if (desktopWidget) { - symbianScreenNumber = qt_widget_private(desktopWidget)->symbianScreenNumber; - } -#elif defined(Q_WS_QPA) - if (desktopWidget) { - int screen = desktopWidget->d_func()->topData()->screenIndex; - QPlatformIntegration *platform = QApplicationPrivate::platformIntegration(); - platform->moveToScreen(q, screen); - } -#else - Q_UNUSED(desktopWidget); -#endif - - data.fstrut_dirty = true; - - data.winid = 0; - data.widget_attributes = 0; - data.window_flags = f; - data.window_state = 0; - data.focus_policy = 0; - data.context_menu_policy = Qt::DefaultContextMenu; - data.window_modality = Qt::NonModal; - - data.sizehint_forced = 0; - data.is_closing = 0; - data.in_show = 0; - data.in_set_window_state = 0; - data.in_destructor = false; - - // Widgets with Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC (typically QGLWidget) must have a window handle. - if (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC) - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); - -//#ifdef Q_WS_MAC -// q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); -//#endif - - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose); // might be cleared in adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute() - adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute(); - - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); - - //give potential windows a bigger "pre-initial" size; create_sys() will give them a new size later -#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN - if (isGLWidget) { - // Don't waste GPU mem for unnecessary large egl surface until resized by application - data.crect = QRect(0,0,1,1); - } else { - data.crect = parentWidget ? QRect(0,0,100,30) : QRect(0,0,360,640); - } -#else - data.crect = parentWidget ? QRect(0,0,100,30) : QRect(0,0,640,480); -#endif - - focus_next = focus_prev = q; - - if ((f & Qt::WindowType_Mask) == Qt::Desktop) - q->create(); - else if (parentWidget) - q->setParent(parentWidget, data.window_flags); - else { - adjustFlags(data.window_flags, q); - resolveLayoutDirection(); - // opaque system background? - const QBrush &background = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window); - setOpaque(q->isWindow() && background.style() != Qt::NoBrush && background.isOpaque()); - } - data.fnt = QFont(data.fnt, q); -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - data.fnt.x11SetScreen(xinfo.screen()); -#endif // Q_WS_X11 - - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent); - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent); - - if (++QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter > QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances) - QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances = QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter; - - if (QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version < 0x040200 - || QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation)) - q->create(); - - - QEvent e(QEvent::Create); - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); - QApplication::postEvent(q, new QEvent(QEvent::PolishRequest)); - - extraPaintEngine = 0; - -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - // If we add a child to the unified toolbar, we have to redirect the painting. - if (parentWidget && parentWidget->d_func() && parentWidget->d_func()->isInUnifiedToolbar) { - if (parentWidget->d_func()->unifiedSurface) { - QWidget *toolbar = parentWidget->d_func()->toolbar_ancestor; - parentWidget->d_func()->unifiedSurface->recursiveRedirect(toolbar, toolbar, toolbar->d_func()->toolbar_offset); - } - } -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA -} - - - -void QWidgetPrivate::createRecursively() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - q->create(0, true, true); - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); - if (child && !child->isHidden() && !child->isWindow() && !child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - child->d_func()->createRecursively(); - } -} - - - - -/*! - Creates a new widget window if \a window is 0, otherwise sets the - widget's window to \a window. - - Initializes the window (sets the geometry etc.) if \a - initializeWindow is true. If \a initializeWindow is false, no - initialization is performed. This parameter only makes sense if \a - window is a valid window. - - Destroys the old window if \a destroyOldWindow is true. If \a - destroyOldWindow is false, you are responsible for destroying the - window yourself (using platform native code). - - The QWidget constructor calls create(0,true,true) to create a - window for this widget. -*/ - -void QWidget::create(WId window, bool initializeWindow, bool destroyOldWindow) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && window == 0 && internalWinId()) - return; - - if (d->data.in_destructor) - return; - - Qt::WindowType type = windowType(); - Qt::WindowFlags &flags = data->window_flags; - - if ((type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) && !parentWidget()) { - type = Qt::Window; - flags |= Qt::Window; - } - -#ifndef Q_WS_QPA - if (QWidget *parent = parentWidget()) { - if (type & Qt::Window) { - if (!parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - parent->createWinId(); - } else if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) && !parent->internalWinId() - && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) { - // We're about to create a native child widget that doesn't have a native parent; - // enforce a native handle for the parent unless the Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors - // attribute is set. - d->createWinId(window); - // Nothing more to do. - Q_ASSERT(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)); - Q_ASSERT(internalWinId()); - return; - } - } -#endif //Q_WS_QPA - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if (flags & Qt::WStaticContents) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents); - if (flags & Qt::WDestructiveClose) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); - if (flags & Qt::WShowModal) - setWindowModality(Qt::ApplicationModal); - if (flags & Qt::WMouseNoMask) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_MouseNoMask); - if (flags & Qt::WGroupLeader) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader); - if (flags & Qt::WNoMousePropagation) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoMousePropagation); -#endif - - static int paintOnScreenEnv = -1; - if (paintOnScreenEnv == -1) - paintOnScreenEnv = qgetenv("QT_ONSCREEN_PAINT").toInt() > 0 ? 1 : 0; - if (paintOnScreenEnv == 1) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen); - - if (QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_NativeWindows)) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); - -#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG - qDebug() << "QWidget::create:" << this << "parent:" << parentWidget() - << "Alien?" << !testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); -#endif - -#if defined (Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP) - // Unregister the dropsite (if already registered) before we - // re-create the widget with a native window. - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && !internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) - && d->extra && d->extra->dropTarget) { - d->registerDropSite(false); - } -#endif // defined (Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP) - - d->updateIsOpaque(); - - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created); // set created flag - d->create_sys(window, initializeWindow, destroyOldWindow); - - // a real toplevel window needs a backing store - if (isWindow() && windowType() != Qt::Desktop) { - d->topData()->backingStore.destroy(); - if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) - d->topData()->backingStore.create(this); - } - - d->setModal_sys(); - - if (!isWindow() && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered)) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, true); - -#ifdef QT_EVAL - extern void qt_eval_init_widget(QWidget *w); - qt_eval_init_widget(this); -#endif - - // need to force the resting of the icon after changing parents - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon)) - d->setWindowIcon_sys(true); - if (isWindow() && !d->topData()->iconText.isEmpty()) - d->setWindowIconText_helper(d->topData()->iconText); - if (isWindow() && !d->topData()->caption.isEmpty()) - d->setWindowTitle_helper(d->topData()->caption); - if (windowType() != Qt::Desktop) { - d->updateSystemBackground(); - - if (isWindow() && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon)) - d->setWindowIcon_sys(); - } -} - -/*! - Destroys the widget. - - All this widget's children are deleted first. The application - exits if this widget is the main widget. -*/ - -QWidget::~QWidget() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->data.in_destructor = true; - -#if defined (QT_CHECK_STATE) - if (paintingActive()) - qWarning("QWidget: %s (%s) deleted while being painted", className(), name()); -#endif - -#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES - foreach (Qt::GestureType type, d->gestureContext.keys()) - ungrabGesture(type); -#endif - - // force acceptDrops false before winId is destroyed. - d->registerDropSite(false); - -#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION - // remove all actions from this widget - for (int i = 0; i < d->actions.size(); ++i) { - QActionPrivate *apriv = d->actions.at(i)->d_func(); - apriv->widgets.removeAll(this); - } - d->actions.clear(); -#endif - -#ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT - // Remove all shortcuts grabbed by this - // widget, unless application is closing - if (!QApplicationPrivate::is_app_closing && testAttribute(Qt::WA_GrabbedShortcut)) - qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.removeShortcut(0, this, QKeySequence()); -#endif - - // delete layout while we still are a valid widget - delete d->layout; - d->layout = 0; - // Remove myself from focus list - - Q_ASSERT(d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == this); - Q_ASSERT(d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == this); - - if (d->focus_next != this) { - d->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev = d->focus_prev; - d->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next = d->focus_next; - d->focus_next = d->focus_prev = 0; - } - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if (QApplicationPrivate::main_widget == this) { // reset main widget - QApplicationPrivate::main_widget = 0; - QApplication::quit(); - } -#endif - - QT_TRY { - clearFocus(); - } QT_CATCH(...) { - // swallow this problem because we are in a destructor - } - - d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - - if (isWindow() && isVisible() && internalWinId()) { - QT_TRY { - d->close_helper(QWidgetPrivate::CloseNoEvent); - } QT_CATCH(...) { - // if we're out of memory, at least hide the window. - QT_TRY { - hide(); - } QT_CATCH(...) { - // and if that also doesn't work, then give up - } - } - } - -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11)|| defined(Q_WS_MAC) - else if (!internalWinId() && isVisible()) { - qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this); - } -#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_QPA) - else if (isVisible()) { - qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this); - } -#endif - -#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN - if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra && d->extra->topextra->backingStore) { - // Okay, we are about to destroy the top-level window that owns - // the backing store. Make sure we delete the backing store right away - // before the window handle is invalid. This is important because - // the backing store will delete its window surface, which may or may - // not have a reference to this widget that will be used later to - // notify the window it no longer has a surface. - d->extra->topextra->backingStore.destroy(); - } -#endif - if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()) { - bs->removeDirtyWidget(this); - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents)) - bs->removeStaticWidget(this); - } - - delete d->needsFlush; - d->needsFlush = 0; - - // set all QPointers for this object to zero - if (d->hasGuards) - QObjectPrivate::clearGuards(this); - - if (d->declarativeData) { - QAbstractDeclarativeData::destroyed(d->declarativeData, this); - d->declarativeData = 0; // don't activate again in ~QObject - } - -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - // QCocoaView holds a pointer back to this widget. Clear it now - // to make sure it's not followed later on. The lifetime of the - // QCocoaView might exceed the lifetime of this widget in cases - // where Cocoa itself holds references to it. - extern void qt_mac_clearCocoaViewQWidgetPointers(QWidget *); - qt_mac_clearCocoaViewQWidgetPointers(this); -#endif - - if (!d->children.isEmpty()) - d->deleteChildren(); - - QApplication::removePostedEvents(this); - - QT_TRY { - destroy(); // platform-dependent cleanup - } QT_CATCH(...) { - // if this fails we can't do anything about it but at least we are not allowed to throw. - } - --QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter; - - if (QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets) // might have been deleted by ~QApplication - QWidgetPrivate::allWidgets->remove(this); - - QT_TRY { - QEvent e(QEvent::Destroy); - QCoreApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); - } QT_CATCH(const std::exception&) { - // if this fails we can't do anything about it but at least we are not allowed to throw. - } -} - -int QWidgetPrivate::instanceCounter = 0; // Current number of widget instances -int QWidgetPrivate::maxInstances = 0; // Maximum number of widget instances - -void QWidgetPrivate::setWinId(WId id) // set widget identifier -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - // the user might create a widget with Qt::Desktop window - // attribute (or create another QDesktopWidget instance), which - // will have the same windowid (the root window id) as the - // qt_desktopWidget. We should not add the second desktop widget - // to the mapper. - bool userDesktopWidget = qt_desktopWidget != 0 && qt_desktopWidget != q && q->windowType() == Qt::Desktop; - if (mapper && data.winid && !userDesktopWidget) { - mapper->remove(data.winid); - } - - const WId oldWinId = data.winid; - - data.winid = id; -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - hd = id; // X11: hd == ident -#endif - if (mapper && id && !userDesktopWidget) { - mapper->insert(data.winid, q); - } - - if(oldWinId != id) { - QEvent e(QEvent::WinIdChange); - QCoreApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); - } -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::createTLExtra() -{ - if (!extra) - createExtra(); - if (!extra->topextra) { - QTLWExtra* x = extra->topextra = new QTLWExtra; - x->icon = 0; - x->iconPixmap = 0; - x->windowSurface = 0; - x->sharedPainter = 0; - x->incw = x->inch = 0; - x->basew = x->baseh = 0; - x->frameStrut.setCoords(0, 0, 0, 0); - x->normalGeometry = QRect(0,0,-1,-1); - x->savedFlags = 0; - x->opacity = 255; - x->posFromMove = false; - x->sizeAdjusted = false; - x->inTopLevelResize = false; - x->inRepaint = false; - x->embedded = 0; -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - x->wasMaximized = false; -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA -#endif // Q_WS_MAC - createTLSysExtra(); -#ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG - static int count = 0; - qDebug() << "tlextra" << ++count; -#endif -#if defined(Q_WS_QPA) - x->platformWindow = 0; - x->platformWindowFormat = QPlatformWindowFormat::defaultFormat(); - x->screenIndex = 0; -#endif - } -} - -/*! - \internal - Creates the widget extra data. -*/ - -void QWidgetPrivate::createExtra() -{ - if (!extra) { // if not exists - extra = new QWExtra; - extra->glContext = 0; - extra->topextra = 0; -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - extra->proxyWidget = 0; -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR - extra->curs = 0; -#endif - extra->minw = 0; - extra->minh = 0; - extra->maxw = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX; - extra->maxh = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX; - extra->customDpiX = 0; - extra->customDpiY = 0; - extra->explicitMinSize = 0; - extra->explicitMaxSize = 0; - extra->autoFillBackground = 0; - extra->nativeChildrenForced = 0; - extra->inRenderWithPainter = 0; - extra->hasMask = 0; - createSysExtra(); -#ifdef QWIDGET_EXTRA_DEBUG - static int count = 0; - qDebug() << "extra" << ++count; -#endif - } -} - - -/*! - \internal - Deletes the widget extra data. -*/ - -void QWidgetPrivate::deleteExtra() -{ - if (extra) { // if exists -#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR - delete extra->curs; -#endif - deleteSysExtra(); -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - // dereference the stylesheet style - if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(extra->style)) - proxy->deref(); -#endif - if (extra->topextra) { - deleteTLSysExtra(); - extra->topextra->backingStore.destroy(); - delete extra->topextra->icon; - delete extra->topextra->iconPixmap; -#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_QWS_MANAGER) - delete extra->topextra->qwsManager; -#endif - delete extra->topextra->windowSurface; - delete extra->topextra; - } - delete extra; - // extra->xic destroyed in QWidget::destroy() - extra = 0; - } -} - -/* - Returns true if there are widgets above this which overlap with - \a rect, which is in parent's coordinate system (same as crect). -*/ - -bool QWidgetPrivate::isOverlapped(const QRect &rect) const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - - const QWidget *w = q; - QRect r = rect; - while (w) { - if (w->isWindow()) - return false; - QWidgetPrivate *pd = w->parentWidget()->d_func(); - bool above = false; - for (int i = 0; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i)); - if (!sibling || !sibling->isVisible() || sibling->isWindow()) - continue; - if (!above) { - above = (sibling == w); - continue; - } - - if (qRectIntersects(sibling->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(sibling->data->crect), r)) { - const QWExtra *siblingExtra = sibling->d_func()->extra; - if (siblingExtra && siblingExtra->hasMask && !sibling->d_func()->graphicsEffect - && !siblingExtra->mask.translated(sibling->data->crect.topLeft()).intersects(r)) { - continue; - } - return true; - } - } - w = w->parentWidget(); - r.translate(pd->data.crect.topLeft()); - } - return false; -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore() -{ - if (paintOnScreen()) { - repaint_sys(dirty); - dirty = QRegion(); - } else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) { - bs->sync(); - } -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore(const QRegion ®ion) -{ - if (paintOnScreen()) - repaint_sys(region); - else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) { - bs->sync(q_func(), region); - } -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setUpdatesEnabled_helper(bool enable) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - - if (enable && !q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget() && !q->parentWidget()->updatesEnabled()) - return; // nothing we can do - - if (enable != q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled)) - return; // nothing to do - - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled, !enable); - if (enable) - q->update(); - - Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute = enable ? Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled : Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled; - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); - if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(attribute)) - w->d_func()->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(enable); - } -} - -/*! - \internal - - Propagate this widget's palette to all children, except style sheet - widgets, and windows that don't enable window propagation (palettes don't - normally propagate to windows). -*/ -void QWidgetPrivate::propagatePaletteChange() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - // Propagate a new inherited mask to all children. -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (!q->parentWidget() && extra && extra->proxyWidget) { - QGraphicsProxyWidget *p = extra->proxyWidget; - inheritedPaletteResolveMask = p->d_func()->inheritedPaletteResolveMask | p->palette().resolve(); - } else -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) { - inheritedPaletteResolveMask = 0; - } - int mask = data.pal.resolve() | inheritedPaletteResolveMask; - - QEvent pc(QEvent::PaletteChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &pc); - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); - if (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet) - && (!w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))) { - QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func(); - wd->inheritedPaletteResolveMask = mask; - wd->resolvePalette(); - } - } -#if defined(QT3_SUPPORT) - q->paletteChange(q->palette()); // compatibility -#endif -} - -/* - Returns the widget's clipping rectangle. -*/ -QRect QWidgetPrivate::clipRect() const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - const QWidget * w = q; - if (!w->isVisible()) - return QRect(); - QRect r = effectiveRectFor(q->rect()); - int ox = 0; - int oy = 0; - while (w - && w->isVisible() - && !w->isWindow() - && w->parentWidget()) { - ox -= w->x(); - oy -= w->y(); - w = w->parentWidget(); - r &= QRect(ox, oy, w->width(), w->height()); - } - return r; -} - -/* - Returns the widget's clipping region (without siblings). -*/ -QRegion QWidgetPrivate::clipRegion() const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - if (!q->isVisible()) - return QRegion(); - QRegion r(q->rect()); - const QWidget * w = q; - const QWidget *ignoreUpTo; - int ox = 0; - int oy = 0; - while (w - && w->isVisible() - && !w->isWindow() - && w->parentWidget()) { - ox -= w->x(); - oy -= w->y(); - ignoreUpTo = w; - w = w->parentWidget(); - r &= QRegion(ox, oy, w->width(), w->height()); - - int i = 0; - while(w->d_func()->children.at(i++) != static_cast<const QObject *>(ignoreUpTo)) - ; - for ( ; i < w->d_func()->children.size(); ++i) { - if(QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(w->d_func()->children.at(i))) { - if(sibling->isVisible() && !sibling->isWindow()) { - QRect siblingRect(ox+sibling->x(), oy+sibling->y(), - sibling->width(), sibling->height()); - if (qRectIntersects(siblingRect, q->rect())) - r -= QRegion(siblingRect); - } - } - } - } - return r; -} - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT -void QWidgetPrivate::invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - QWidget *w = q; - do { - if (w->graphicsEffect()) { - QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = - static_cast<QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *>(w->graphicsEffect()->source()->d_func()); - if (!sourced->updateDueToGraphicsEffect) - w->graphicsEffect()->source()->d_func()->invalidateCache(); - } - w = w->parentWidget(); - } while (w); -} -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - -void QWidgetPrivate::setDirtyOpaqueRegion() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - - dirtyOpaqueChildren = true; - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - invalidateGraphicsEffectsRecursively(); -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - - if (q->isWindow()) - return; - - QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget(); - if (!parent) - return; - - // TODO: instead of setting dirtyflag, manipulate the dirtyregion directly? - QWidgetPrivate *pd = parent->d_func(); - if (!pd->dirtyOpaqueChildren) - pd->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); -} - -const QRegion &QWidgetPrivate::getOpaqueChildren() const -{ - if (!dirtyOpaqueChildren) - return opaqueChildren; - - QWidgetPrivate *that = const_cast<QWidgetPrivate*>(this); - that->opaqueChildren = QRegion(); - - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); - if (!child || !child->isVisible() || child->isWindow()) - continue; - - const QPoint offset = child->geometry().topLeft(); - QWidgetPrivate *childd = child->d_func(); - QRegion r = childd->isOpaque ? child->rect() : childd->getOpaqueChildren(); - if (childd->extra && childd->extra->hasMask) - r &= childd->extra->mask; - if (r.isEmpty()) - continue; - r.translate(offset); - that->opaqueChildren += r; - } - - that->opaqueChildren &= q_func()->rect(); - that->dirtyOpaqueChildren = false; - - return that->opaqueChildren; -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::subtractOpaqueChildren(QRegion &source, const QRect &clipRect) const -{ - if (children.isEmpty() || clipRect.isEmpty()) - return; - - const QRegion &r = getOpaqueChildren(); - if (!r.isEmpty()) - source -= (r & clipRect); -} - -//subtract any relatives that are higher up than me --- this is too expensive !!! -void QWidgetPrivate::subtractOpaqueSiblings(QRegion &sourceRegion, bool *hasDirtySiblingsAbove, - bool alsoNonOpaque) const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - static int disableSubtractOpaqueSiblings = qgetenv("QT_NO_SUBTRACTOPAQUESIBLINGS").toInt(); - if (disableSubtractOpaqueSiblings || q->isWindow()) - return; - -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - if (q->d_func()->isInUnifiedToolbar) - return; -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - - QRect clipBoundingRect; - bool dirtyClipBoundingRect = true; - - QRegion parentClip; - bool dirtyParentClip = true; - - QPoint parentOffset = data.crect.topLeft(); - - const QWidget *w = q; - - while (w) { - if (w->isWindow()) - break; - QWidgetPrivate *pd = w->parentWidget()->d_func(); - const int myIndex = pd->children.indexOf(const_cast<QWidget *>(w)); - const QRect widgetGeometry = w->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(w->data->crect); - for (int i = myIndex + 1; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *sibling = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i)); - if (!sibling || !sibling->isVisible() || sibling->isWindow()) - continue; - - const QRect siblingGeometry = sibling->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(sibling->data->crect); - if (!qRectIntersects(siblingGeometry, widgetGeometry)) - continue; - - if (dirtyClipBoundingRect) { - clipBoundingRect = sourceRegion.boundingRect(); - dirtyClipBoundingRect = false; - } - - if (!qRectIntersects(siblingGeometry, clipBoundingRect.translated(parentOffset))) - continue; - - if (dirtyParentClip) { - parentClip = sourceRegion.translated(parentOffset); - dirtyParentClip = false; - } - - const QPoint siblingPos(sibling->data->crect.topLeft()); - const QRect siblingClipRect(sibling->d_func()->clipRect()); - QRegion siblingDirty(parentClip); - siblingDirty &= (siblingClipRect.translated(siblingPos)); - const bool hasMask = sibling->d_func()->extra && sibling->d_func()->extra->hasMask - && !sibling->d_func()->graphicsEffect; - if (hasMask) - siblingDirty &= sibling->d_func()->extra->mask.translated(siblingPos); - if (siblingDirty.isEmpty()) - continue; - - if (sibling->d_func()->isOpaque || alsoNonOpaque) { - if (hasMask) { - siblingDirty.translate(-parentOffset); - sourceRegion -= siblingDirty; - } else { - sourceRegion -= siblingGeometry.translated(-parentOffset); - } - } else { - if (hasDirtySiblingsAbove) - *hasDirtySiblingsAbove = true; - if (sibling->d_func()->children.isEmpty()) - continue; - QRegion opaqueSiblingChildren(sibling->d_func()->getOpaqueChildren()); - opaqueSiblingChildren.translate(-parentOffset + siblingPos); - sourceRegion -= opaqueSiblingChildren; - } - if (sourceRegion.isEmpty()) - return; - - dirtyClipBoundingRect = true; - dirtyParentClip = true; - } - - w = w->parentWidget(); - parentOffset += pd->data.crect.topLeft(); - dirtyParentClip = true; - } -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::clipToEffectiveMask(QRegion ®ion) const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - - const QWidget *w = q; - QPoint offset; - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - if (graphicsEffect) { - w = q->parentWidget(); - offset -= data.crect.topLeft(); - } -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - - while (w) { - const QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func(); - if (wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask) - region &= (w != q) ? wd->extra->mask.translated(offset) : wd->extra->mask; - if (w->isWindow()) - return; - offset -= wd->data.crect.topLeft(); - w = w->parentWidget(); - } -} - -bool QWidgetPrivate::paintOnScreen() const -{ -#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) - return false; -#elif defined(QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE) - return true; -#else - Q_Q(const QWidget); - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen) - || (!q->isWindow() && q->window()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen))) { - return true; - } - - return !qt_enable_backingstore; -#endif -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::updateIsOpaque() -{ - // hw: todo: only needed if opacity actually changed - setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - if (graphicsEffect) { - // ### We should probably add QGraphicsEffect::isOpaque at some point. - setOpaque(false); - return; - } -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - - Q_Q(QWidget); -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_X11OpenGLOverlay)) { - setOpaque(false); - return; - } -#endif - -#ifdef Q_WS_S60 - if (q->windowType() == Qt::Dialog && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground) - && S60->avkonComponentsSupportTransparency) { - setOpaque(false); - return; - } -#endif - - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent) || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen)) { - setOpaque(true); - return; - } - - const QPalette &pal = q->palette(); - - if (q->autoFillBackground()) { - const QBrush &autoFillBrush = pal.brush(q->backgroundRole()); - if (autoFillBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && autoFillBrush.isOpaque()) { - setOpaque(true); - return; - } - } - - if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground)) { - const QBrush &windowBrush = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window); - if (windowBrush.style() != Qt::NoBrush && windowBrush.isOpaque()) { - setOpaque(true); - return; - } - } - setOpaque(false); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setOpaque(bool opaque) -{ - if (isOpaque == opaque) - return; - isOpaque = opaque; -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - macUpdateIsOpaque(); -#endif -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 - x11UpdateIsOpaque(); -#endif -#ifdef Q_WS_WIN - winUpdateIsOpaque(); -#endif -#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN - s60UpdateIsOpaque(); -#endif -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::updateIsTranslucent() -{ -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - macUpdateIsOpaque(); -#endif -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 - x11UpdateIsOpaque(); -#endif -#ifdef Q_WS_WIN - winUpdateIsOpaque(); -#endif -#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN - s60UpdateIsOpaque(); -#endif -} - -/*! - \fn void QPixmap::fill(const QWidget *widget, const QPoint &offset) - - Fills the pixmap with the \a widget's background color or pixmap - according to the given offset. - - The QPoint \a offset defines a point in widget coordinates to - which the pixmap's top-left pixel will be mapped to. This is only - significant if the widget has a background pixmap; otherwise the - pixmap will simply be filled with the background color of the - widget. -*/ - -void QPixmap::fill( const QWidget *widget, const QPoint &off ) -{ - QPainter p(this); - p.translate(-off); - widget->d_func()->paintBackground(&p, QRect(off, size())); -} - -static inline void fillRegion(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush) -{ - Q_ASSERT(painter); - - if (brush.style() == Qt::TexturePattern) { -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - // Optimize pattern filling on mac by using HITheme directly - // when filling with the standard widget background. - // Defined in qmacstyle_mac.cpp - extern void qt_mac_fill_background(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush); - qt_mac_fill_background(painter, rgn, brush); -#else -#if !defined(QT_NO_STYLE_S60) - // Defined in qs60style.cpp - extern bool qt_s60_fill_background(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, const QBrush &brush); - if (!qt_s60_fill_background(painter, rgn, brush)) -#endif // !defined(QT_NO_STYLE_S60) - { - const QRect rect(rgn.boundingRect()); - painter->setClipRegion(rgn); - painter->drawTiledPixmap(rect, brush.texture(), rect.topLeft()); - } -#endif // Q_WS_MAC - - } else if (brush.gradient() - && brush.gradient()->coordinateMode() == QGradient::ObjectBoundingMode) { - painter->save(); - painter->setClipRegion(rgn); - painter->fillRect(0, 0, painter->device()->width(), painter->device()->height(), brush); - painter->restore(); - } else { - const QVector<QRect> &rects = rgn.rects(); - for (int i = 0; i < rects.size(); ++i) - painter->fillRect(rects.at(i), brush); - } -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::paintBackground(QPainter *painter, const QRegion &rgn, int flags) const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - -#ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA - bool resetBrushOrigin = false; - QPointF oldBrushOrigin; - //If we are painting the viewport of a scrollarea, we must apply an offset to the brush in case we are drawing a texture - QAbstractScrollArea *scrollArea = qobject_cast<QAbstractScrollArea *>(parent); - if (scrollArea && scrollArea->viewport() == q) { - QObjectData *scrollPrivate = static_cast<QWidget *>(scrollArea)->d_ptr.data(); - QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate *priv = static_cast<QAbstractScrollAreaPrivate *>(scrollPrivate); - oldBrushOrigin = painter->brushOrigin(); - resetBrushOrigin = true; - painter->setBrushOrigin(-priv->contentsOffset()); - - } -#endif // QT_NO_SCROLLAREA - - const QBrush autoFillBrush = q->palette().brush(q->backgroundRole()); - - if ((flags & DrawAsRoot) && !(q->autoFillBackground() && autoFillBrush.isOpaque())) { - const QBrush bg = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window); -#ifdef Q_WS_QWS - if (!(flags & DontSetCompositionMode) && painter->paintEngine()->hasFeature(QPaintEngine::PorterDuff)) - painter->setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source); //copy alpha straight in -#endif - fillRegion(painter, rgn, bg); - } - - if (q->autoFillBackground()) - fillRegion(painter, rgn, autoFillBrush); - - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground)) { - painter->setClipRegion(rgn); - QStyleOption opt; - opt.initFrom(q); - q->style()->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_Widget, &opt, painter, q); - } - -#ifndef QT_NO_SCROLLAREA - if (resetBrushOrigin) - painter->setBrushOrigin(oldBrushOrigin); -#endif // QT_NO_SCROLLAREA -} - -/* - \internal - This function is called when a widget is hidden or destroyed. - It resets some application global pointers that should only refer active, - visible widgets. -*/ - -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - extern QPointer<QWidget> qt_button_down; -#else - extern QWidget *qt_button_down; -#endif - -void QWidgetPrivate::deactivateWidgetCleanup() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - // If this was the active application window, reset it - if (QApplication::activeWindow() == q) - QApplication::setActiveWindow(0); - // If the is the active mouse press widget, reset it - if (q == qt_button_down) - qt_button_down = 0; -} - - -/*! - Returns a pointer to the widget with window identifer/handle \a - id. - - The window identifier type depends on the underlying window - system, see \c qwindowdefs.h for the actual definition. If there - is no widget with this identifier, 0 is returned. -*/ - -QWidget *QWidget::find(WId id) -{ - return QWidgetPrivate::mapper ? QWidgetPrivate::mapper->value(id, 0) : 0; -} - - - -/*! - \fn WId QWidget::internalWinId() const - \internal - Returns the window system identifier of the widget, or 0 if the widget is not created yet. - -*/ - -/*! - \fn WId QWidget::winId() const - - Returns the window system identifier of the widget. - - Portable in principle, but if you use it you are probably about to - do something non-portable. Be careful. - - If a widget is non-native (alien) and winId() is invoked on it, that widget - will be provided a native handle. - - On Mac OS X, the type returned depends on which framework Qt was linked - against. If Qt is using Carbon, the {WId} is actually an HIViewRef. If Qt - is using Cocoa, {WId} is a pointer to an NSView. - - This value may change at run-time. An event with type QEvent::WinIdChange - will be sent to the widget following a change in window system identifier. - - \sa find() -*/ -WId QWidget::winId() const -{ - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || !internalWinId()) { -#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG - qDebug() << "QWidget::winId: creating native window for" << this; -#endif - QWidget *that = const_cast<QWidget*>(this); -#ifndef Q_WS_QPA - that->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); -#endif - that->d_func()->createWinId(); - return that->data->winid; - } - return data->winid; -} - - -void QWidgetPrivate::createWinId(WId winid) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - -#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG - qDebug() << "QWidgetPrivate::createWinId for" << q << winid; -#endif - const bool forceNativeWindow = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); - if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) || (forceNativeWindow && !q->internalWinId())) { -#ifndef Q_WS_QPA - if (!q->isWindow()) { - QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget(); - QWidgetPrivate *pd = parent->d_func(); - if (forceNativeWindow && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) - parent->setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); - if (!parent->internalWinId()) { - pd->createWinId(); - } - - for (int i = 0; i < pd->children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(pd->children.at(i)); - if (w && !w->isWindow() && (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) - || (!w->internalWinId() && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow)))) { - if (w!=q) { - w->create(); - } else { - w->create(winid); - // if the window has already been created, we - // need to raise it to its proper stacking position - if (winid) - w->raise(); - } - } - } - } else { - q->create(); - } -#else - Q_UNUSED(winid); - q->create(); -#endif //Q_WS_QPA - - } -} - - -/*! -\internal -Ensures that the widget has a window system identifier, i.e. that it is known to the windowing system. - -*/ - -void QWidget::createWinId() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); -#ifdef ALIEN_DEBUG - qDebug() << "QWidget::createWinId" << this; -#endif -// qWarning("QWidget::createWinId is obsolete, please fix your code."); - d->createWinId(); -} - -/*! - \since 4.4 - - Returns the effective window system identifier of the widget, i.e. the - native parent's window system identifier. - - If the widget is native, this function returns the native widget ID. - Otherwise, the window ID of the first native parent widget, i.e., the - top-level widget that contains this widget, is returned. - - \note We recommend that you do not store this value as it is likely to - change at run-time. - - \sa nativeParentWidget() -*/ -WId QWidget::effectiveWinId() const -{ - WId id = internalWinId(); - if (id || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - return id; - QWidget *realParent = nativeParentWidget(); - if (!realParent && d_func()->inSetParent) { - // In transitional state. This is really just a workaround. The real problem - // is that QWidgetPrivate::setParent_sys (platform specific code) first sets - // the window id to 0 (setWinId(0)) before it sets the Qt::WA_WState_Created - // attribute to false. The correct way is to do it the other way around, and - // in that case the Qt::WA_WState_Created logic above will kick in and - // return 0 whenever the widget is in a transitional state. However, changing - // the original logic for all platforms is far more intrusive and might - // break existing applications. - // Note: The widget can only be in a transitional state when changing its - // parent -- everything else is an internal error -- hence explicitly checking - // against 'inSetParent' rather than doing an unconditional return whenever - // 'realParent' is 0 (which may cause strange artifacts and headache later). - return 0; - } - // This widget *must* have a native parent widget. - Q_ASSERT(realParent); - Q_ASSERT(realParent->internalWinId()); - return realParent->internalWinId(); -} - -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - -/*! - \property QWidget::styleSheet - \brief the widget's style sheet - \since 4.2 - - The style sheet contains a textual description of customizations to the - widget's style, as described in the \l{Qt Style Sheets} document. - - Since Qt 4.5, Qt style sheets fully supports Mac OS X. - - \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle - subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release. - - \sa setStyle(), QApplication::styleSheet, {Qt Style Sheets} -*/ -QString QWidget::styleSheet() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (!d->extra) - return QString(); - return d->extra->styleSheet; -} - -void QWidget::setStyleSheet(const QString& styleSheet) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->createExtra(); - - QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(d->extra->style); - d->extra->styleSheet = styleSheet; - if (styleSheet.isEmpty()) { // stylesheet removed - if (!proxy) - return; - - d->inheritStyle(); - return; - } - - if (proxy) { // style sheet update - proxy->repolish(this); - return; - } - - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) { - d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(d->extra->style), true); - } else { - d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(0), true); - } -} - -#endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - -/*! - \sa QWidget::setStyle(), QApplication::setStyle(), QApplication::style() -*/ - -QStyle *QWidget::style() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - - if (d->extra && d->extra->style) - return d->extra->style; - return QApplication::style(); -} - -/*! - Sets the widget's GUI style to \a style. The ownership of the style - object is not transferred. - - If no style is set, the widget uses the application's style, - QApplication::style() instead. - - Setting a widget's style has no effect on existing or future child - widgets. - - \warning This function is particularly useful for demonstration - purposes, where you want to show Qt's styling capabilities. Real - applications should avoid it and use one consistent GUI style - instead. - - \warning Qt style sheets are currently not supported for custom QStyle - subclasses. We plan to address this in some future release. - - \sa style(), QStyle, QApplication::style(), QApplication::setStyle() -*/ - -void QWidget::setStyle(QStyle *style) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle, style != 0); - d->createExtra(); -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(style)) { - //if for some reason someone try to set a QStyleSheetStyle, ref it - //(this may happen for exemple in QButtonDialogBox which propagates its style) - proxy->ref(); - d->setStyle_helper(style, false); - } else if (qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(d->extra->style) || !qApp->styleSheet().isEmpty()) { - // if we have an application stylesheet or have a proxy already, propagate - d->setStyle_helper(new QStyleSheetStyle(style), true); - } else -#endif - d->setStyle_helper(style, false); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setStyle_helper(QStyle *newStyle, bool propagate, bool -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - metalHack -#endif - ) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - QStyle *oldStyle = q->style(); -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - QWeakPointer<QStyle> origStyle; -#endif - -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - // the metalhack boolean allows Qt/Mac to do a proper re-polish depending - // on how the Qt::WA_MacBrushedMetal attribute is set. It is only ever - // set when changing that attribute and passes the widget's CURRENT style. - // therefore no need to do a reassignment. - if (!metalHack) -#endif - { - createExtra(); - -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - origStyle = extra->style.data(); -#endif - extra->style = newStyle; - } - - // repolish - if (q->windowType() != Qt::Desktop) { - if (polished) { - oldStyle->unpolish(q); -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - if (metalHack) - macUpdateMetalAttribute(); -#endif - q->style()->polish(q); -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - } else if (metalHack) { - macUpdateMetalAttribute(); -#endif - } - } - - if (propagate) { - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *c = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); - if (c) - c->d_func()->inheritStyle(); - } - } - -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - if (!qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(newStyle)) { - if (const QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle*>(origStyle.data())) { - cssStyle->clearWidgetFont(q); - } - } -#endif - - QEvent e(QEvent::StyleChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - q->styleChange(*oldStyle); -#endif - -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - // dereference the old stylesheet style - if (QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(origStyle.data())) - proxy->deref(); -#endif -} - -// Inherits style from the current parent and propagates it as necessary -void QWidgetPrivate::inheritStyle() -{ -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - Q_Q(QWidget); - - QStyleSheetStyle *proxy = extra ? qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(extra->style) : 0; - - if (!q->styleSheet().isEmpty()) { - Q_ASSERT(proxy); - proxy->repolish(q); - return; - } - - QStyle *origStyle = proxy ? proxy->base : (extra ? (QStyle*)extra->style : 0); - QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget(); - QStyle *parentStyle = (parent && parent->d_func()->extra) ? (QStyle*)parent->d_func()->extra->style : 0; - // If we have stylesheet on app or parent has stylesheet style, we need - // to be running a proxy - if (!qApp->styleSheet().isEmpty() || qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(parentStyle)) { - QStyle *newStyle = parentStyle; - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) - newStyle = new QStyleSheetStyle(origStyle); - else if (QStyleSheetStyle *newProxy = qobject_cast<QStyleSheetStyle *>(parentStyle)) - newProxy->ref(); - - setStyle_helper(newStyle, true); - return; - } - - // So, we have no stylesheet on parent/app and we have an empty stylesheet - // we just need our original style back - if (origStyle == (extra ? (QStyle*)extra->style : 0)) // is it any different? - return; - - // We could have inherited the proxy from our parent (which has a custom style) - // In such a case we need to start following the application style (i.e revert - // the propagation behavior of QStyleSheetStyle) - if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetStyle)) - origStyle = 0; - - setStyle_helper(origStyle, true); -#endif // QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET -} - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT -/*! - \overload - - Sets the widget's GUI style to \a style using the QStyleFactory. -*/ -QStyle* QWidget::setStyle(const QString &style) -{ - QStyle *s = QStyleFactory::create(style); - setStyle(s); - return s; -} -#endif - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isWindow() const - - Returns true if the widget is an independent window, otherwise - returns false. - - A window is a widget that isn't visually the child of any other - widget and that usually has a frame and a - \l{QWidget::setWindowTitle()}{window title}. - - A window can have a \l{QWidget::parentWidget()}{parent widget}. - It will then be grouped with its parent and deleted when the - parent is deleted, minimized when the parent is minimized etc. If - supported by the window manager, it will also have a common - taskbar entry with its parent. - - QDialog and QMainWindow widgets are by default windows, even if a - parent widget is specified in the constructor. This behavior is - specified by the Qt::Window flag. - - \sa window(), isModal(), parentWidget() -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::modal - \brief whether the widget is a modal widget - - This property only makes sense for windows. A modal widget - prevents widgets in all other windows from getting any input. - - By default, this property is false. - - \sa isWindow(), windowModality, QDialog -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::windowModality - \brief which windows are blocked by the modal widget - \since 4.1 - - This property only makes sense for windows. A modal widget - prevents widgets in other windows from getting input. The value of - this property controls which windows are blocked when the widget - is visible. Changing this property while the window is visible has - no effect; you must hide() the widget first, then show() it again. - - By default, this property is Qt::NonModal. - - \sa isWindow(), QWidget::modal, QDialog -*/ - -Qt::WindowModality QWidget::windowModality() const -{ - return static_cast<Qt::WindowModality>(data->window_modality); -} - -void QWidget::setWindowModality(Qt::WindowModality windowModality) -{ - data->window_modality = windowModality; - // setModal_sys() will be called by setAttribute() - setAttribute(Qt::WA_ShowModal, (data->window_modality != Qt::NonModal)); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowModality, true); -} - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::underMouse() const - - Returns true if the widget is under the mouse cursor; otherwise - returns false. - - This value is not updated properly during drag and drop - operations. - - \sa enterEvent(), leaveEvent() -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::minimized - \brief whether this widget is minimized (iconified) - - This property is only relevant for windows. - - By default, this property is false. - - \sa showMinimized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), maximized -*/ -bool QWidget::isMinimized() const -{ return data->window_state & Qt::WindowMinimized; } - -/*! - Shows the widget minimized, as an icon. - - Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}. - - \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible(), - isMinimized() -*/ -void QWidget::showMinimized() -{ - bool isMin = isMinimized(); - if (isMin && isVisible()) - return; - - ensurePolished(); -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if (parent()) - QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted); -#endif - - if (!isMin) - setWindowState((windowState() & ~Qt::WindowActive) | Qt::WindowMinimized); - show(); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::maximized - \brief whether this widget is maximized - - This property is only relevant for windows. - - \note Due to limitations on some window systems, this does not always - report the expected results (e.g., if the user on X11 maximizes the - window via the window manager, Qt has no way of distinguishing this - from any other resize). This is expected to improve as window manager - protocols evolve. - - By default, this property is false. - - \sa windowState(), showMaximized(), visible, show(), hide(), showNormal(), minimized -*/ -bool QWidget::isMaximized() const -{ return data->window_state & Qt::WindowMaximized; } - - - -/*! - Returns the current window state. The window state is a OR'ed - combination of Qt::WindowState: Qt::WindowMinimized, - Qt::WindowMaximized, Qt::WindowFullScreen, and Qt::WindowActive. - - \sa Qt::WindowState setWindowState() - */ -Qt::WindowStates QWidget::windowState() const -{ - return Qt::WindowStates(data->window_state); -} - -/*!\internal - - The function sets the window state on child widgets similar to - setWindowState(). The difference is that the window state changed - event has the isOverride() flag set. It exists mainly to keep - Q3Workspace working. - */ -void QWidget::overrideWindowState(Qt::WindowStates newstate) -{ - QWindowStateChangeEvent e(Qt::WindowStates(data->window_state), true); - data->window_state = newstate; - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setWindowState(Qt::WindowStates windowState) - - Sets the window state to \a windowState. The window state is a OR'ed - combination of Qt::WindowState: Qt::WindowMinimized, - Qt::WindowMaximized, Qt::WindowFullScreen, and Qt::WindowActive. - - If the window is not visible (i.e. isVisible() returns false), the - window state will take effect when show() is called. For visible - windows, the change is immediate. For example, to toggle between - full-screen and normal mode, use the following code: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 0 - - In order to restore and activate a minimized window (while - preserving its maximized and/or full-screen state), use the following: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 1 - - Calling this function will hide the widget. You must call show() to make - the widget visible again. - - \note On some window systems Qt::WindowActive is not immediate, and may be - ignored in certain cases. - - When the window state changes, the widget receives a changeEvent() - of type QEvent::WindowStateChange. - - \sa Qt::WindowState windowState() -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::fullScreen - \brief whether the widget is shown in full screen mode - - A widget in full screen mode occupies the whole screen area and does not - display window decorations, such as a title bar. - - By default, this property is false. - - \sa windowState(), minimized, maximized -*/ -bool QWidget::isFullScreen() const -{ return data->window_state & Qt::WindowFullScreen; } - -/*! - Shows the widget in full-screen mode. - - Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}. - - To return from full-screen mode, call showNormal(). - - Full-screen mode works fine under Windows, but has certain - problems under X. These problems are due to limitations of the - ICCCM protocol that specifies the communication between X11 - clients and the window manager. ICCCM simply does not understand - the concept of non-decorated full-screen windows. Therefore, the - best we can do is to request a borderless window and place and - resize it to fill the entire screen. Depending on the window - manager, this may or may not work. The borderless window is - requested using MOTIF hints, which are at least partially - supported by virtually all modern window managers. - - An alternative would be to bypass the window manager entirely and - create a window with the Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint flag. This - has other severe problems though, like totally broken keyboard focus - and very strange effects on desktop changes or when the user raises - other windows. - - X11 window managers that follow modern post-ICCCM specifications - support full-screen mode properly. - - \sa showNormal(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible() -*/ -void QWidget::showFullScreen() -{ -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - // If the unified toolbar is enabled, we have to disable it before going fullscreen. - QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this); - if (mainWindow && mainWindow->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac()) { - mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(false); - QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout()); - mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = true; - } -#endif // Q_WS_MAC - ensurePolished(); -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if (parent()) - QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted); -#endif - - setWindowState((windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized | Qt::WindowMaximized)) - | Qt::WindowFullScreen); - show(); - activateWindow(); -} - -/*! - Shows the widget maximized. - - Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}. - - On X11, this function may not work properly with certain window - managers. See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an explanation. - - \sa setWindowState(), showNormal(), showMinimized(), show(), hide(), isVisible() -*/ -void QWidget::showMaximized() -{ - ensurePolished(); -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if (parent()) - QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted); -#endif - - setWindowState((windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized | Qt::WindowFullScreen)) - | Qt::WindowMaximized); -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - // If the unified toolbar was enabled before going fullscreen, we have to enable it back. - QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this); - if (mainWindow) - { - QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout()); - if (mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen) { - mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(true); - mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = false; - } - } -#endif // Q_WS_MAC - show(); -} - -/*! - Restores the widget after it has been maximized or minimized. - - Calling this function only affects \l{isWindow()}{windows}. - - \sa setWindowState(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), show(), hide(), isVisible() -*/ -void QWidget::showNormal() -{ - ensurePolished(); -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if (parent()) - QApplication::sendPostedEvents(parent(), QEvent::ChildInserted); -#endif - - setWindowState(windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMinimized - | Qt::WindowMaximized - | Qt::WindowFullScreen)); -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - // If the unified toolbar was enabled before going fullscreen, we have to enable it back. - QMainWindow *mainWindow = qobject_cast<QMainWindow*>(this); - if (mainWindow) - { - QMainWindowLayout *mainLayout = qobject_cast<QMainWindowLayout*>(mainWindow->layout()); - if (mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen) { - mainWindow->setUnifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(true); - mainLayout->activateUnifiedToolbarAfterFullScreen = false; - } - } -#endif // Q_WS_MAC - show(); -} - -/*! - Returns true if this widget would become enabled if \a ancestor is - enabled; otherwise returns false. - - - - This is the case if neither the widget itself nor every parent up - to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly disabled. - - isEnabledTo(0) is equivalent to isEnabled(). - - \sa setEnabled() enabled -*/ - -bool QWidget::isEnabledTo(QWidget* ancestor) const -{ - const QWidget * w = this; - while (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled) - && !w->isWindow() - && w->parentWidget() - && w->parentWidget() != ancestor) - w = w->parentWidget(); - return !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled); -} - -#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION -/*! - Appends the action \a action to this widget's list of actions. - - All QWidgets have a list of \l{QAction}s, however they can be - represented graphically in many different ways. The default use of - the QAction list (as returned by actions()) is to create a context - QMenu. - - A QWidget should only have one of each action and adding an action - it already has will not cause the same action to be in the widget twice. - - The ownership of \a action is not transferred to this QWidget. - - \sa removeAction(), insertAction(), actions(), QMenu -*/ -void QWidget::addAction(QAction *action) -{ - insertAction(0, action); -} - -/*! - Appends the actions \a actions to this widget's list of actions. - - \sa removeAction(), QMenu, addAction() -*/ -void QWidget::addActions(QList<QAction*> actions) -{ - for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); i++) - insertAction(0, actions.at(i)); -} - -/*! - Inserts the action \a action to this widget's list of actions, - before the action \a before. It appends the action if \a before is 0 or - \a before is not a valid action for this widget. - - A QWidget should only have one of each action. - - \sa removeAction(), addAction(), QMenu, contextMenuPolicy, actions() -*/ -void QWidget::insertAction(QAction *before, QAction *action) -{ - if(!action) { - qWarning("QWidget::insertAction: Attempt to insert null action"); - return; - } - - Q_D(QWidget); - if(d->actions.contains(action)) - removeAction(action); - - int pos = d->actions.indexOf(before); - if (pos < 0) { - before = 0; - pos = d->actions.size(); - } - d->actions.insert(pos, action); - - QActionPrivate *apriv = action->d_func(); - apriv->widgets.append(this); - - QActionEvent e(QEvent::ActionAdded, action, before); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); -} - -/*! - Inserts the actions \a actions to this widget's list of actions, - before the action \a before. It appends the action if \a before is 0 or - \a before is not a valid action for this widget. - - A QWidget can have at most one of each action. - - \sa removeAction(), QMenu, insertAction(), contextMenuPolicy -*/ -void QWidget::insertActions(QAction *before, QList<QAction*> actions) -{ - for(int i = 0; i < actions.count(); ++i) - insertAction(before, actions.at(i)); -} - -/*! - Removes the action \a action from this widget's list of actions. - \sa insertAction(), actions(), insertAction() -*/ -void QWidget::removeAction(QAction *action) -{ - if (!action) - return; - - Q_D(QWidget); - - QActionPrivate *apriv = action->d_func(); - apriv->widgets.removeAll(this); - - if (d->actions.removeAll(action)) { - QActionEvent e(QEvent::ActionRemoved, action); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); - } -} - -/*! - Returns the (possibly empty) list of this widget's actions. - - \sa contextMenuPolicy, insertAction(), removeAction() -*/ -QList<QAction*> QWidget::actions() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->actions; -} -#endif // QT_NO_ACTION - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isEnabledToTLW() const - \obsolete - - This function is deprecated. It is equivalent to isEnabled() -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::enabled - \brief whether the widget is enabled - - An enabled widget handles keyboard and mouse events; a disabled - widget does not. - - Some widgets display themselves differently when they are - disabled. For example a button might draw its label grayed out. If - your widget needs to know when it becomes enabled or disabled, you - can use the changeEvent() with type QEvent::EnabledChange. - - Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling - respectively enables all child widgets unless they have been - explicitly disabled. - - By default, this property is true. - - \sa isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, changeEvent() -*/ -void QWidget::setEnabled(bool enable) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled, !enable); - d->setEnabled_helper(enable); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setEnabled_helper(bool enable) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - - if (enable && !q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget() && !q->parentWidget()->isEnabled()) - return; // nothing we can do - - if (enable != q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Disabled)) - return; // nothing to do - - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Disabled, !enable); - updateSystemBackground(); - - if (!enable && q->window()->focusWidget() == q) { - bool parentIsEnabled = (!q->parentWidget() || q->parentWidget()->isEnabled()); - if (!parentIsEnabled || !q->focusNextChild()) - q->clearFocus(); - } - - Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute = enable ? Qt::WA_ForceDisabled : Qt::WA_Disabled; - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); - if (w && !w->testAttribute(attribute)) - w->d_func()->setEnabled_helper(enable); - } -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor) || q->isWindow()) { - // enforce the windows behavior of clearing the cursor on - // disabled widgets - qt_x11_enforce_cursor(q); - } -#endif -#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) - setEnabled_helper_sys(enable); -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled) && q->hasFocus()) { - QWidget *focusWidget = effectiveFocusWidget(); - QInputContext *qic = focusWidget->d_func()->inputContext(); - if (enable) { - if (focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) - qic->setFocusWidget(focusWidget); - } else { - qic->reset(); - qic->setFocusWidget(0); - } - } -#endif //QT_NO_IM - QEvent e(QEvent::EnabledChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - q->enabledChange(!enable); // compatibility -#endif -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::acceptDrops - \brief whether drop events are enabled for this widget - - Setting this property to true announces to the system that this - widget \e may be able to accept drop events. - - If the widget is the desktop (windowType() == Qt::Desktop), this may - fail if another application is using the desktop; you can call - acceptDrops() to test if this occurs. - - \warning Do not modify this property in a drag and drop event handler. - - By default, this property is false. - - \sa {Drag and Drop} -*/ -bool QWidget::acceptDrops() const -{ - return testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops); -} - -void QWidget::setAcceptDrops(bool on) -{ - setAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops, on); - -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::enabledChange(bool) - - \internal - \obsolete -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::paletteChange(const QPalette &) - - \internal - \obsolete -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::fontChange(const QFont &) - - \internal - \obsolete -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::windowActivationChange(bool) - - \internal - \obsolete -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::languageChange() - - \obsolete -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::styleChange(QStyle& style) - - \internal - \obsolete -*/ - -/*! - Disables widget input events if \a disable is true; otherwise - enables input events. - - See the \l enabled documentation for more information. - - \sa isEnabledTo(), QKeyEvent, QMouseEvent, changeEvent() -*/ -void QWidget::setDisabled(bool disable) -{ - setEnabled(!disable); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::frameGeometry - \brief geometry of the widget relative to its parent including any - window frame - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's - platform and screen geometry. - - \sa geometry() x() y() pos() -*/ -QRect QWidget::frameGeometry() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) { - QRect fs = d->frameStrut(); - return QRect(data->crect.x() - fs.left(), - data->crect.y() - fs.top(), - data->crect.width() + fs.left() + fs.right(), - data->crect.height() + fs.top() + fs.bottom()); - } - return data->crect; -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::x - - \brief the x coordinate of the widget relative to its parent including - any window frame - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - By default, this property has a value of 0. - - \sa frameGeometry, y, pos -*/ -int QWidget::x() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) - return data->crect.x() - d->frameStrut().left(); - return data->crect.x(); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::y - \brief the y coordinate of the widget relative to its parent and - including any window frame - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - By default, this property has a value of 0. - - \sa frameGeometry, x, pos -*/ -int QWidget::y() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) - return data->crect.y() - d->frameStrut().top(); - return data->crect.y(); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::pos - \brief the position of the widget within its parent widget - - If the widget is a window, the position is that of the widget on - the desktop, including its frame. - - When changing the position, the widget, if visible, receives a - move event (moveEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not - currently visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it - is shown. - - By default, this property contains a position that refers to the - origin. - - \warning Calling move() or setGeometry() inside moveEvent() can - lead to infinite recursion. - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - \sa frameGeometry, size x(), y() -*/ -QPoint QWidget::pos() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (isWindow() && ! (windowType() == Qt::Popup)) { - QRect fs = d->frameStrut(); - return QPoint(data->crect.x() - fs.left(), data->crect.y() - fs.top()); - } - return data->crect.topLeft(); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::geometry - \brief the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and - excluding the window frame - - When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, receives a - move event (moveEvent()) and/or a resize event (resizeEvent()) - immediately. If the widget is not currently visible, it is - guaranteed to receive appropriate events before it is shown. - - The size component is adjusted if it lies outside the range - defined by minimumSize() and maximumSize(). - - \warning Calling setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() or moveEvent() - can lead to infinite recursion. - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's - platform and screen geometry. - - \sa frameGeometry(), rect(), move(), resize(), moveEvent(), - resizeEvent(), minimumSize(), maximumSize() -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::normalGeometry - - \brief the geometry of the widget as it will appear when shown as - a normal (not maximized or full screen) top-level widget - - For child widgets this property always holds an empty rectangle. - - By default, this property contains an empty rectangle. - - \sa QWidget::windowState(), QWidget::geometry -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::size - \brief the size of the widget excluding any window frame - - If the widget is visible when it is being resized, it receives a resize event - (resizeEvent()) immediately. If the widget is not currently - visible, it is guaranteed to receive an event before it is shown. - - The size is adjusted if it lies outside the range defined by - minimumSize() and maximumSize(). - - By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's - platform and screen geometry. - - \warning Calling resize() or setGeometry() inside resizeEvent() can - lead to infinite recursion. - - \note Setting the size to \c{QSize(0, 0)} will cause the widget to not - appear on screen. This also applies to windows. - - \sa pos, geometry, minimumSize, maximumSize, resizeEvent(), adjustSize() -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::width - \brief the width of the widget excluding any window frame - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - \note Do not use this function to find the width of a screen on - a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read - \l{QDesktopWidget#Screen Geometry}{this note} for details. - - By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's - platform and screen geometry. - - \sa geometry, height, size -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::height - \brief the height of the widget excluding any window frame - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - \note Do not use this function to find the height of a screen - on a \l{QDesktopWidget}{multiple screen desktop}. Read - \l{QDesktopWidget#Screen Geometry}{this note} for details. - - By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's - platform and screen geometry. - - \sa geometry, width, size -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::rect - \brief the internal geometry of the widget excluding any window - frame - - The rect property equals QRect(0, 0, width(), height()). - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's - platform and screen geometry. - - \sa size -*/ - - -QRect QWidget::normalGeometry() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (!d->extra || !d->extra->topextra) - return QRect(); - - if (!isMaximized() && !isFullScreen()) - return geometry(); - - return d->topData()->normalGeometry; -} - - -/*! - \property QWidget::childrenRect - \brief the bounding rectangle of the widget's children - - Hidden children are excluded. - - By default, for a widget with no children, this property contains a - rectangle with zero width and height located at the origin. - - \sa childrenRegion() geometry() -*/ - -QRect QWidget::childrenRect() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - QRect r(0, 0, 0, 0); - for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i)); - if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->isHidden()) - r |= w->geometry(); - } - return r; -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::childrenRegion - \brief the combined region occupied by the widget's children - - Hidden children are excluded. - - By default, for a widget with no children, this property contains an - empty region. - - \sa childrenRect() geometry() mask() -*/ - -QRegion QWidget::childrenRegion() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - QRegion r; - for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i)); - if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->isHidden()) { - QRegion mask = w->mask(); - if (mask.isEmpty()) - r |= w->geometry(); - else - r |= mask.translated(w->pos()); - } - } - return r; -} - - -/*! - \property QWidget::minimumSize - \brief the widget's minimum size - - The widget cannot be resized to a smaller size than the minimum - widget size. The widget's size is forced to the minimum size if - the current size is smaller. - - The minimum size set by this function will override the minimum size - defined by QLayout. In order to unset the minimum size, use a - value of \c{QSize(0, 0)}. - - By default, this property contains a size with zero width and height. - - \sa minimumWidth, minimumHeight, maximumSize, sizeIncrement -*/ - -QSize QWidget::minimumSize() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->extra ? QSize(d->extra->minw, d->extra->minh) : QSize(0, 0); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::maximumSize - \brief the widget's maximum size in pixels - - The widget cannot be resized to a larger size than the maximum - widget size. - - By default, this property contains a size in which both width and height - have values of 16777215. - - \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size - of widgets. - - \sa maximumWidth, maximumHeight, minimumSize, sizeIncrement -*/ - -QSize QWidget::maximumSize() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->extra ? QSize(d->extra->maxw, d->extra->maxh) - : QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); -} - - -/*! - \property QWidget::minimumWidth - \brief the widget's minimum width in pixels - - This property corresponds to the width held by the \l minimumSize property. - - By default, this property has a value of 0. - - \sa minimumSize, minimumHeight -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::minimumHeight - \brief the widget's minimum height in pixels - - This property corresponds to the height held by the \l minimumSize property. - - By default, this property has a value of 0. - - \sa minimumSize, minimumWidth -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::maximumWidth - \brief the widget's maximum width in pixels - - This property corresponds to the width held by the \l maximumSize property. - - By default, this property contains a value of 16777215. - - \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size - of widgets. - - \sa maximumSize, maximumHeight -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::maximumHeight - \brief the widget's maximum height in pixels - - This property corresponds to the height held by the \l maximumSize property. - - By default, this property contains a value of 16777215. - - \note The definition of the \c QWIDGETSIZE_MAX macro limits the maximum size - of widgets. - - \sa maximumSize, maximumWidth -*/ - -/*! - \property QWidget::sizeIncrement - \brief the size increment of the widget - - When the user resizes the window, the size will move in steps of - sizeIncrement().width() pixels horizontally and - sizeIncrement.height() pixels vertically, with baseSize() as the - basis. Preferred widget sizes are for non-negative integers \e i - and \e j: - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 2 - - Note that while you can set the size increment for all widgets, it - only affects windows. - - By default, this property contains a size with zero width and height. - - \warning The size increment has no effect under Windows, and may - be disregarded by the window manager on X11. - - \sa size, minimumSize, maximumSize -*/ -QSize QWidget::sizeIncrement() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) - ? QSize(d->extra->topextra->incw, d->extra->topextra->inch) - : QSize(0, 0); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::baseSize - \brief the base size of the widget - - The base size is used to calculate a proper widget size if the - widget defines sizeIncrement(). - - By default, for a newly-created widget, this property contains a size with - zero width and height. - - \sa setSizeIncrement() -*/ - -QSize QWidget::baseSize() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return (d->extra != 0 && d->extra->topextra != 0) - ? QSize(d->extra->topextra->basew, d->extra->topextra->baseh) - : QSize(0, 0); -} - -bool QWidgetPrivate::setMinimumSize_helper(int &minw, int &minh) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - -#ifdef Q_WS_QWS - if (q->isWindow()) { - const QRect maxWindowRect = QApplication::desktop()->availableGeometry(QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(q)); - if (!maxWindowRect.isEmpty()) { - // ### This is really just a work-around. Layout shouldn't be - // asking for minimum sizes bigger than the screen. - if (minw > maxWindowRect.width()) - minw = maxWindowRect.width(); - if (minh > maxWindowRect.height()) - minh = maxWindowRect.height(); - } - } -#endif - int mw = minw, mh = minh; - if (mw == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) - mw = 0; - if (mh == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) - mh = 0; - if (minw > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || minh > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) { - qWarning("QWidget::setMinimumSize: (%s/%s) " - "The largest allowed size is (%d,%d)", - q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, - QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); - minw = mw = qMin<int>(minw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); - minh = mh = qMin<int>(minh, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); - } - if (minw < 0 || minh < 0) { - qWarning("QWidget::setMinimumSize: (%s/%s) Negative sizes (%d,%d) " - "are not possible", - q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), minw, minh); - minw = mw = qMax(minw, 0); - minh = mh = qMax(minh, 0); - } - createExtra(); - if (extra->minw == mw && extra->minh == mh) - return false; - extra->minw = mw; - extra->minh = mh; - extra->explicitMinSize = (mw ? Qt::Horizontal : 0) | (mh ? Qt::Vertical : 0); - return true; -} - -/*! - \overload - - This function corresponds to setMinimumSize(QSize(minw, minh)). - Sets the minimum width to \a minw and the minimum height to \a - minh. -*/ - -void QWidget::setMinimumSize(int minw, int minh) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (!d->setMinimumSize_helper(minw, minh)) - return; - - if (isWindow()) - d->setConstraints_sys(); - if (minw > width() || minh > height()) { - bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); - bool maximized = isMaximized(); - resize(qMax(minw,width()), qMax(minh,height())); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); //not a user resize - if (maximized) - data->window_state = data->window_state | Qt::WindowMaximized; - } -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (d->extra) { - if (d->extra->proxyWidget) - d->extra->proxyWidget->setMinimumSize(minw, minh); - } -#endif - d->updateGeometry_helper(d->extra->minw == d->extra->maxw && d->extra->minh == d->extra->maxh); -} - -bool QWidgetPrivate::setMaximumSize_helper(int &maxw, int &maxh) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if (maxw > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || maxh > QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) { - qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) " - "The largest allowed size is (%d,%d)", - q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, - QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); - maxw = qMin<int>(maxw, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); - maxh = qMin<int>(maxh, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX); - } - if (maxw < 0 || maxh < 0) { - qWarning("QWidget::setMaximumSize: (%s/%s) Negative sizes (%d,%d) " - "are not possible", - q->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), q->metaObject()->className(), maxw, maxh); - maxw = qMax(maxw, 0); - maxh = qMax(maxh, 0); - } - createExtra(); - if (extra->maxw == maxw && extra->maxh == maxh) - return false; - extra->maxw = maxw; - extra->maxh = maxh; - extra->explicitMaxSize = (maxw != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? Qt::Horizontal : 0) | - (maxh != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? Qt::Vertical : 0); - return true; -} - -/*! - \overload - - This function corresponds to setMaximumSize(QSize(\a maxw, \a - maxh)). Sets the maximum width to \a maxw and the maximum height - to \a maxh. -*/ -void QWidget::setMaximumSize(int maxw, int maxh) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (!d->setMaximumSize_helper(maxw, maxh)) - return; - - if (isWindow()) - d->setConstraints_sys(); - if (maxw < width() || maxh < height()) { - bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); - resize(qMin(maxw,width()), qMin(maxh,height())); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); //not a user resize - } - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (d->extra) { - if (d->extra->proxyWidget) - d->extra->proxyWidget->setMaximumSize(maxw, maxh); - } -#endif - - d->updateGeometry_helper(d->extra->minw == d->extra->maxw && d->extra->minh == d->extra->maxh); -} - -/*! - \overload - - Sets the x (width) size increment to \a w and the y (height) size - increment to \a h. -*/ -void QWidget::setSizeIncrement(int w, int h) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->createTLExtra(); - QTLWExtra* x = d->topData(); - if (x->incw == w && x->inch == h) - return; - x->incw = w; - x->inch = h; - if (isWindow()) - d->setConstraints_sys(); -} - -/*! - \overload - - This corresponds to setBaseSize(QSize(\a basew, \a baseh)). Sets - the widgets base size to width \a basew and height \a baseh. -*/ -void QWidget::setBaseSize(int basew, int baseh) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->createTLExtra(); - QTLWExtra* x = d->topData(); - if (x->basew == basew && x->baseh == baseh) - return; - x->basew = basew; - x->baseh = baseh; - if (isWindow()) - d->setConstraints_sys(); -} - -/*! - Sets both the minimum and maximum sizes of the widget to \a s, - thereby preventing it from ever growing or shrinking. - - This will override the default size constraints set by QLayout. - - To remove constraints, set the size to QWIDGETSIZE_MAX. - - Alternatively, if you want the widget to have a - fixed size based on its contents, you can call - QLayout::setSizeConstraint(QLayout::SetFixedSize); - - \sa maximumSize, minimumSize -*/ - -void QWidget::setFixedSize(const QSize & s) -{ - setFixedSize(s.width(), s.height()); -} - - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setFixedSize(int w, int h) - \overload - - Sets the width of the widget to \a w and the height to \a h. -*/ - -void QWidget::setFixedSize(int w, int h) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); -#ifdef Q_WS_QWS - // temporary fix for 4.3.x. - // Should move the embedded spesific contraints in setMinimumSize_helper into QLayout - int tmpW = w; - int tmpH = h; - bool minSizeSet = d->setMinimumSize_helper(tmpW, tmpH); -#else - bool minSizeSet = d->setMinimumSize_helper(w, h); -#endif - bool maxSizeSet = d->setMaximumSize_helper(w, h); - if (!minSizeSet && !maxSizeSet) - return; - - if (isWindow()) - d->setConstraints_sys(); - else - d->updateGeometry_helper(true); - - if (w != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX || h != QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) - resize(w, h); -} - -void QWidget::setMinimumWidth(int w) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->createExtra(); - uint expl = d->extra->explicitMinSize | (w ? Qt::Horizontal : 0); - setMinimumSize(w, minimumSize().height()); - d->extra->explicitMinSize = expl; -} - -void QWidget::setMinimumHeight(int h) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->createExtra(); - uint expl = d->extra->explicitMinSize | (h ? Qt::Vertical : 0); - setMinimumSize(minimumSize().width(), h); - d->extra->explicitMinSize = expl; -} - -void QWidget::setMaximumWidth(int w) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->createExtra(); - uint expl = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | (w == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? 0 : Qt::Horizontal); - setMaximumSize(w, maximumSize().height()); - d->extra->explicitMaxSize = expl; -} - -void QWidget::setMaximumHeight(int h) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->createExtra(); - uint expl = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | (h == QWIDGETSIZE_MAX ? 0 : Qt::Vertical); - setMaximumSize(maximumSize().width(), h); - d->extra->explicitMaxSize = expl; -} - -/*! - Sets both the minimum and maximum width of the widget to \a w - without changing the heights. Provided for convenience. - - \sa sizeHint() minimumSize() maximumSize() setFixedSize() -*/ - -void QWidget::setFixedWidth(int w) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->createExtra(); - uint explMin = d->extra->explicitMinSize | Qt::Horizontal; - uint explMax = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | Qt::Horizontal; - setMinimumSize(w, minimumSize().height()); - setMaximumSize(w, maximumSize().height()); - d->extra->explicitMinSize = explMin; - d->extra->explicitMaxSize = explMax; -} - - -/*! - Sets both the minimum and maximum heights of the widget to \a h - without changing the widths. Provided for convenience. - - \sa sizeHint() minimumSize() maximumSize() setFixedSize() -*/ - -void QWidget::setFixedHeight(int h) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->createExtra(); - uint explMin = d->extra->explicitMinSize | Qt::Vertical; - uint explMax = d->extra->explicitMaxSize | Qt::Vertical; - setMinimumSize(minimumSize().width(), h); - setMaximumSize(maximumSize().width(), h); - d->extra->explicitMinSize = explMin; - d->extra->explicitMaxSize = explMax; -} - - -/*! - Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to the coordinate system - of \a parent. The \a parent must not be 0 and must be a parent - of the calling widget. - - \sa mapFrom() mapToParent() mapToGlobal() underMouse() -*/ - -QPoint QWidget::mapTo(QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos) const -{ - QPoint p = pos; - if (parent) { - const QWidget * w = this; - while (w != parent) { - Q_ASSERT_X(w, "QWidget::mapTo(QWidget *parent, const QPoint &pos)", - "parent must be in parent hierarchy"); - p = w->mapToParent(p); - w = w->parentWidget(); - } - } - return p; -} - - -/*! - Translates the widget coordinate \a pos from the coordinate system - of \a parent to this widget's coordinate system. The \a parent - must not be 0 and must be a parent of the calling widget. - - \sa mapTo() mapFromParent() mapFromGlobal() underMouse() -*/ - -QPoint QWidget::mapFrom(QWidget * parent, const QPoint & pos) const -{ - QPoint p(pos); - if (parent) { - const QWidget * w = this; - while (w != parent) { - Q_ASSERT_X(w, "QWidget::mapFrom(QWidget *parent, const QPoint &pos)", - "parent must be in parent hierarchy"); - - p = w->mapFromParent(p); - w = w->parentWidget(); - } - } - return p; -} - - -/*! - Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to a coordinate in the - parent widget. - - Same as mapToGlobal() if the widget has no parent. - - \sa mapFromParent() mapTo() mapToGlobal() underMouse() -*/ - -QPoint QWidget::mapToParent(const QPoint &pos) const -{ - return pos + data->crect.topLeft(); -} - -/*! - Translates the parent widget coordinate \a pos to widget - coordinates. - - Same as mapFromGlobal() if the widget has no parent. - - \sa mapToParent() mapFrom() mapFromGlobal() underMouse() -*/ - -QPoint QWidget::mapFromParent(const QPoint &pos) const -{ - return pos - data->crect.topLeft(); -} - - -/*! - Returns the window for this widget, i.e. the next ancestor widget - that has (or could have) a window-system frame. - - If the widget is a window, the widget itself is returned. - - Typical usage is changing the window title: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 3 - - \sa isWindow() -*/ - -QWidget *QWidget::window() const -{ - QWidget *w = (QWidget *)this; - QWidget *p = w->parentWidget(); - while (!w->isWindow() && p) { - w = p; - p = p->parentWidget(); - } - return w; -} - -/*! - \since 4.4 - - Returns the native parent for this widget, i.e. the next ancestor widget - that has a system identifier, or 0 if it does not have any native parent. - - \sa effectiveWinId() -*/ -QWidget *QWidget::nativeParentWidget() const -{ - QWidget *parent = parentWidget(); - while (parent && !parent->internalWinId()) - parent = parent->parentWidget(); - return parent; -} - -/*! \fn QWidget *QWidget::topLevelWidget() const - \obsolete - - Use window() instead. -*/ - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT -/*! - Returns the color role used for painting the widget's background. - - Use QPalette(backgroundRole(()) instead. -*/ -Qt::BackgroundMode QWidget::backgroundMode() const -{ - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground)) - return Qt::NoBackground; - switch(backgroundRole()) { - case QPalette::WindowText: - return Qt::PaletteForeground; - case QPalette::Button: - return Qt::PaletteButton; - case QPalette::Light: - return Qt::PaletteLight; - case QPalette::Midlight: - return Qt::PaletteMidlight; - case QPalette::Dark: - return Qt::PaletteDark; - case QPalette::Mid: - return Qt::PaletteMid; - case QPalette::Text: - return Qt::PaletteText; - case QPalette::BrightText: - return Qt::PaletteBrightText; - case QPalette::Base: - return Qt::PaletteBase; - case QPalette::Window: - return Qt::PaletteBackground; - case QPalette::Shadow: - return Qt::PaletteShadow; - case QPalette::Highlight: - return Qt::PaletteHighlight; - case QPalette::HighlightedText: - return Qt::PaletteHighlightedText; - case QPalette::ButtonText: - return Qt::PaletteButtonText; - case QPalette::Link: - return Qt::PaletteLink; - case QPalette::LinkVisited: - return Qt::PaletteLinkVisited; - default: - break; - } - return Qt::NoBackground; -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundMode(Qt::BackgroundMode - widgetBackground, Qt::BackgroundMode paletteBackground) - - Sets the color role used for painting the widget's background to - background mode \a widgetBackground. The \a paletteBackground mode - parameter is ignored. -*/ -void QWidget::setBackgroundMode(Qt::BackgroundMode m, Qt::BackgroundMode) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if(m == Qt::NoBackground) { - setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground, true); - return; - } - setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground, false); - d->fg_role = QPalette::NoRole; - QPalette::ColorRole role = d->bg_role; - switch(m) { - case Qt::FixedColor: - case Qt::FixedPixmap: - break; - case Qt::PaletteForeground: - role = QPalette::WindowText; - break; - case Qt::PaletteButton: - role = QPalette::Button; - break; - case Qt::PaletteLight: - role = QPalette::Light; - break; - case Qt::PaletteMidlight: - role = QPalette::Midlight; - break; - case Qt::PaletteDark: - role = QPalette::Dark; - break; - case Qt::PaletteMid: - role = QPalette::Mid; - break; - case Qt::PaletteText: - role = QPalette::Text; - break; - case Qt::PaletteBrightText: - role = QPalette::BrightText; - break; - case Qt::PaletteBase: - role = QPalette::Base; - break; - case Qt::PaletteBackground: - role = QPalette::Window; - break; - case Qt::PaletteShadow: - role = QPalette::Shadow; - break; - case Qt::PaletteHighlight: - role = QPalette::Highlight; - break; - case Qt::PaletteHighlightedText: - role = QPalette::HighlightedText; - break; - case Qt::PaletteButtonText: - role = QPalette::ButtonText; - break; - case Qt::PaletteLink: - role = QPalette::Link; - break; - case Qt::PaletteLinkVisited: - role = QPalette::LinkVisited; - break; - case Qt::X11ParentRelative: - d->fg_role = role = QPalette::NoRole; - default: - break; - } - setBackgroundRole(role); -} - -/*! - The widget mapper is no longer part of the public API. -*/ -QT3_SUPPORT QWidgetMapper *QWidget::wmapper() { return QWidgetPrivate::mapper; } - -#endif - - -/*! - Returns the background role of the widget. - - The background role defines the brush from the widget's \l palette that - is used to render the background. - - If no explicit background role is set, the widget inherts its parent - widget's background role. - - \sa setBackgroundRole(), foregroundRole() - */ -QPalette::ColorRole QWidget::backgroundRole() const -{ - - const QWidget *w = this; - do { - QPalette::ColorRole role = w->d_func()->bg_role; - if (role != QPalette::NoRole) - return role; - if (w->isWindow() || w->windowType() == Qt::SubWindow) - break; - w = w->parentWidget(); - } while (w); - return QPalette::Window; -} - -/*! - Sets the background role of the widget to \a role. - - The background role defines the brush from the widget's \l palette that - is used to render the background. - - If \a role is QPalette::NoRole, then the widget inherits its - parent's background role. - - Note that styles are free to choose any color from the palette. - You can modify the palette or set a style sheet if you don't - achieve the result you want with setBackgroundRole(). - - \sa backgroundRole(), foregroundRole() - */ - -void QWidget::setBackgroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole role) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->bg_role = role; - d->updateSystemBackground(); - d->propagatePaletteChange(); - d->updateIsOpaque(); -} - -/*! - Returns the foreground role. - - The foreground role defines the color from the widget's \l palette that - is used to draw the foreground. - - If no explicit foreground role is set, the function returns a role - that contrasts with the background role. - - \sa setForegroundRole(), backgroundRole() - */ -QPalette::ColorRole QWidget::foregroundRole() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - QPalette::ColorRole rl = QPalette::ColorRole(d->fg_role); - if (rl != QPalette::NoRole) - return rl; - QPalette::ColorRole role = QPalette::WindowText; - switch (backgroundRole()) { - case QPalette::Button: - role = QPalette::ButtonText; - break; - case QPalette::Base: - role = QPalette::Text; - break; - case QPalette::Dark: - case QPalette::Shadow: - role = QPalette::Light; - break; - case QPalette::Highlight: - role = QPalette::HighlightedText; - break; - case QPalette::ToolTipBase: - role = QPalette::ToolTipText; - break; - default: - ; - } - return role; -} - -/*! - Sets the foreground role of the widget to \a role. - - The foreground role defines the color from the widget's \l palette that - is used to draw the foreground. - - If \a role is QPalette::NoRole, the widget uses a foreground role - that contrasts with the background role. - - Note that styles are free to choose any color from the palette. - You can modify the palette or set a style sheet if you don't - achieve the result you want with setForegroundRole(). - - \sa foregroundRole(), backgroundRole() - */ -void QWidget::setForegroundRole(QPalette::ColorRole role) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->fg_role = role; - d->updateSystemBackground(); - d->propagatePaletteChange(); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::palette - \brief the widget's palette - - This property describes the widget's palette. The palette is used by the - widget's style when rendering standard components, and is available as a - means to ensure that custom widgets can maintain consistency with the - native platform's look and feel. It's common that different platforms, or - different styles, have different palettes. - - When you assign a new palette to a widget, the color roles from this - palette are combined with the widget's default palette to form the - widget's final palette. The palette entry for the widget's background role - is used to fill the widget's background (see QWidget::autoFillBackground), - and the foreground role initializes QPainter's pen. - - The default depends on the system environment. QApplication maintains a - system/theme palette which serves as a default for all widgets. There may - also be special palette defaults for certain types of widgets (e.g., on - Windows XP and Vista, all classes that derive from QMenuBar have a special - default palette). You can also define default palettes for widgets - yourself by passing a custom palette and the name of a widget to - QApplication::setPalette(). Finally, the style always has the option of - polishing the palette as it's assigned (see QStyle::polish()). - - QWidget propagates explicit palette roles from parent to child. If you - assign a brush or color to a specific role on a palette and assign that - palette to a widget, that role will propagate to all the widget's - children, overriding any system defaults for that role. Note that palettes - by default don't propagate to windows (see isWindow()) unless the - Qt::WA_WindowPropagation attribute is enabled. - - QWidget's palette propagation is similar to its font propagation. - - The current style, which is used to render the content of all standard Qt - widgets, is free to choose colors and brushes from the widget palette, or - in some cases, to ignore the palette (partially, or completely). In - particular, certain styles like GTK style, Mac style, Windows XP, and - Vista style, depend on third party APIs to render the content of widgets, - and these styles typically do not follow the palette. Because of this, - assigning roles to a widget's palette is not guaranteed to change the - appearance of the widget. Instead, you may choose to apply a \l - styleSheet. You can refer to our Knowledge Base article - \l{http://qt.nokia.com/developer/knowledgebase/22}{here} for more - information. - - \warning Do not use this function in conjunction with \l{Qt Style Sheets}. - When using style sheets, the palette of a widget can be customized using - the "color", "background-color", "selection-color", - "selection-background-color" and "alternate-background-color". - - \sa QApplication::palette(), QWidget::font() -*/ -const QPalette &QWidget::palette() const -{ - if (!isEnabled()) { - data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Disabled); - } else if ((!isVisible() || isActiveWindow()) -#if defined(Q_OS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_WINCE) - && !QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(const_cast<QWidget *>(this)) -#endif - ) { - data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Active); - } else { -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - extern bool qt_mac_can_clickThrough(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp - if (qt_mac_can_clickThrough(this)) - data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Active); - else -#endif - data->pal.setCurrentColorGroup(QPalette::Inactive); - } - return data->pal; -} - -void QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &palette) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetPalette, palette.resolve() != 0); - - // Determine which palette is inherited from this widget's ancestors and - // QApplication::palette, resolve this against \a palette (attributes from - // the inherited palette are copied over this widget's palette). Then - // propagate this palette to this widget's children. - QPalette naturalPalette = d->naturalWidgetPalette(d->inheritedPaletteResolveMask); - QPalette resolvedPalette = palette.resolve(naturalPalette); - d->setPalette_helper(resolvedPalette); -} - -/*! - \internal - - Returns the palette that the widget \a w inherits from its ancestors and - QApplication::palette. \a inheritedMask is the combination of the widget's - ancestors palette request masks (i.e., which attributes from the parent - widget's palette are implicitly imposed on this widget by the user). Note - that this font does not take into account the palette set on \a w itself. -*/ -QPalette QWidgetPrivate::naturalWidgetPalette(uint inheritedMask) const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - QPalette naturalPalette = QApplication::palette(q); - if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet) - && (!q->isWindow() || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation) -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - || (extra && extra->proxyWidget) -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - )) { - if (QWidget *p = q->parentWidget()) { - if (!p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) { - if (!naturalPalette.isCopyOf(QApplication::palette())) { - QPalette inheritedPalette = p->palette(); - inheritedPalette.resolve(inheritedMask); - naturalPalette = inheritedPalette.resolve(naturalPalette); - } else { - naturalPalette = p->palette(); - } - } - } -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - else if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) { - QPalette inheritedPalette = extra->proxyWidget->palette(); - inheritedPalette.resolve(inheritedMask); - naturalPalette = inheritedPalette.resolve(naturalPalette); - } -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - } - naturalPalette.resolve(0); - return naturalPalette; -} -/*! - \internal - - Determine which palette is inherited from this widget's ancestors and - QApplication::palette, resolve this against this widget's palette - (attributes from the inherited palette are copied over this widget's - palette). Then propagate this palette to this widget's children. -*/ -void QWidgetPrivate::resolvePalette() -{ - QPalette naturalPalette = naturalWidgetPalette(inheritedPaletteResolveMask); - QPalette resolvedPalette = data.pal.resolve(naturalPalette); - setPalette_helper(resolvedPalette); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setPalette_helper(const QPalette &palette) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if (data.pal == palette && data.pal.resolve() == palette.resolve()) - return; - data.pal = palette; - updateSystemBackground(); - propagatePaletteChange(); - updateIsOpaque(); - q->update(); - updateIsOpaque(); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::font - \brief the font currently set for the widget - - This property describes the widget's requested font. The font is used by - the widget's style when rendering standard components, and is available as - a means to ensure that custom widgets can maintain consistency with the - native platform's look and feel. It's common that different platforms, or - different styles, define different fonts for an application. - - When you assign a new font to a widget, the properties from this font are - combined with the widget's default font to form the widget's final - font. You can call fontInfo() to get a copy of the widget's final - font. The final font is also used to initialize QPainter's font. - - The default depends on the system environment. QApplication maintains a - system/theme font which serves as a default for all widgets. There may - also be special font defaults for certain types of widgets. You can also - define default fonts for widgets yourself by passing a custom font and the - name of a widget to QApplication::setFont(). Finally, the font is matched - against Qt's font database to find the best match. - - QWidget propagates explicit font properties from parent to child. If you - change a specific property on a font and assign that font to a widget, - that property will propagate to all the widget's children, overriding any - system defaults for that property. Note that fonts by default don't - propagate to windows (see isWindow()) unless the Qt::WA_WindowPropagation - attribute is enabled. - - QWidget's font propagation is similar to its palette propagation. - - The current style, which is used to render the content of all standard Qt - widgets, is free to choose to use the widget font, or in some cases, to - ignore it (partially, or completely). In particular, certain styles like - GTK style, Mac style, Windows XP, and Vista style, apply special - modifications to the widget font to match the platform's native look and - feel. Because of this, assigning properties to a widget's font is not - guaranteed to change the appearance of the widget. Instead, you may choose - to apply a \l styleSheet. - - \note If \l{Qt Style Sheets} are used on the same widget as setFont(), - style sheets will take precedence if the settings conflict. - - \sa fontInfo(), fontMetrics() -*/ - -void QWidget::setFont(const QFont &font) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - const QStyleSheetStyle* style; - if (d->extra && (style = qobject_cast<const QStyleSheetStyle*>(d->extra->style))) { - style->saveWidgetFont(this, font); - } -#endif - - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont, font.resolve() != 0); - - // Determine which font is inherited from this widget's ancestors and - // QApplication::font, resolve this against \a font (attributes from the - // inherited font are copied over). Then propagate this font to this - // widget's children. - QFont naturalFont = d->naturalWidgetFont(d->inheritedFontResolveMask); - QFont resolvedFont = font.resolve(naturalFont); - d->setFont_helper(resolvedFont); -} - -/* - \internal - - Returns the font that the widget \a w inherits from its ancestors and - QApplication::font. \a inheritedMask is the combination of the widget's - ancestors font request masks (i.e., which attributes from the parent - widget's font are implicitly imposed on this widget by the user). Note - that this font does not take into account the font set on \a w itself. - - ### Stylesheet has a different font propagation mechanism. When a stylesheet - is applied, fonts are not propagated anymore -*/ -QFont QWidgetPrivate::naturalWidgetFont(uint inheritedMask) const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - QFont naturalFont = QApplication::font(q); - if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet) - && (!q->isWindow() || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation) -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - || (extra && extra->proxyWidget) -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - )) { - if (QWidget *p = q->parentWidget()) { - if (!p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) { - if (!naturalFont.isCopyOf(QApplication::font())) { - QFont inheritedFont = p->font(); - inheritedFont.resolve(inheritedMask); - naturalFont = inheritedFont.resolve(naturalFont); - } else { - naturalFont = p->font(); - } - } - } -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - else if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) { - QFont inheritedFont = extra->proxyWidget->font(); - inheritedFont.resolve(inheritedMask); - naturalFont = inheritedFont.resolve(naturalFont); - } -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - } - naturalFont.resolve(0); - return naturalFont; -} - -/*! - \internal - - Determine which font is implicitly imposed on this widget by its ancestors - and QApplication::font, resolve this against its own font (attributes from - the implicit font are copied over). Then propagate this font to this - widget's children. -*/ -void QWidgetPrivate::resolveFont() -{ - QFont naturalFont = naturalWidgetFont(inheritedFontResolveMask); - QFont resolvedFont = data.fnt.resolve(naturalFont); - setFont_helper(resolvedFont); -} - -/*! - \internal - - Assign \a font to this widget, and propagate it to all children, except - style sheet widgets (handled differently) and windows that don't enable - window propagation. \a implicitMask is the union of all ancestor widgets' - font request masks, and determines which attributes from this widget's - font should propagate. -*/ -void QWidgetPrivate::updateFont(const QFont &font) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - const QStyleSheetStyle* cssStyle; - cssStyle = extra ? qobject_cast<const QStyleSheetStyle*>(extra->style) : 0; -#endif - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - QFont old = data.fnt; -#endif - data.fnt = QFont(font, q); -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - // make sure the font set on this widget is associated with the correct screen - data.fnt.x11SetScreen(xinfo.screen()); -#endif - // Combine new mask with natural mask and propagate to children. -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (!q->parentWidget() && extra && extra->proxyWidget) { - QGraphicsProxyWidget *p = extra->proxyWidget; - inheritedFontResolveMask = p->d_func()->inheritedFontResolveMask | p->font().resolve(); - } else -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (q->isWindow() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) { - inheritedFontResolveMask = 0; - } - uint newMask = data.fnt.resolve() | inheritedFontResolveMask; - - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); - if (w) { - if (0) { -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - } else if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet)) { - // Style sheets follow a different font propagation scheme. - if (cssStyle) - cssStyle->updateStyleSheetFont(w); -#endif - } else if ((!w->isWindow() || w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation))) { - // Propagate font changes. - QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func(); - wd->inheritedFontResolveMask = newMask; - wd->resolveFont(); - } - } - } - -#ifndef QT_NO_STYLE_STYLESHEET - if (cssStyle) { - cssStyle->updateStyleSheetFont(q); - } -#endif - - QEvent e(QEvent::FontChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - q->fontChange(old); -#endif -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutDirection_helper(Qt::LayoutDirection direction) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - - if ( (direction == Qt::RightToLeft) == q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft)) - return; - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft, (direction == Qt::RightToLeft)); - if (!children.isEmpty()) { - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); - if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection)) - w->d_func()->setLayoutDirection_helper(direction); - } - } - QEvent e(QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::resolveLayoutDirection() -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection)) - setLayoutDirection_helper(q->isWindow() ? QApplication::layoutDirection() : q->parentWidget()->layoutDirection()); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::layoutDirection - - \brief the layout direction for this widget - - By default, this property is set to Qt::LeftToRight. - - When the layout direction is set on a widget, it will propagate to - the widget's children, but not to a child that is a window and not - to a child for which setLayoutDirection() has been explicitly - called. Also, child widgets added \e after setLayoutDirection() - has been called for the parent do not inherit the parent's layout - direction. - - This method no longer affects text layout direction since Qt 4.7. - - \sa QApplication::layoutDirection -*/ -void QWidget::setLayoutDirection(Qt::LayoutDirection direction) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - - if (direction == Qt::LayoutDirectionAuto) { - unsetLayoutDirection(); - return; - } - - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection); - d->setLayoutDirection_helper(direction); -} - -Qt::LayoutDirection QWidget::layoutDirection() const -{ - return testAttribute(Qt::WA_RightToLeft) ? Qt::RightToLeft : Qt::LeftToRight; -} - -void QWidget::unsetLayoutDirection() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLayoutDirection, false); - d->resolveLayoutDirection(); -} - -/*! - \fn QFontMetrics QWidget::fontMetrics() const - - Returns the font metrics for the widget's current font. - Equivalent to QFontMetrics(widget->font()). - - \sa font(), fontInfo(), setFont() -*/ - -/*! - \fn QFontInfo QWidget::fontInfo() const - - Returns the font info for the widget's current font. - Equivalent to QFontInto(widget->font()). - - \sa font(), fontMetrics(), setFont() -*/ - - -/*! - \property QWidget::cursor - \brief the cursor shape for this widget - - The mouse cursor will assume this shape when it's over this - widget. See the \link Qt::CursorShape list of predefined cursor - objects\endlink for a range of useful shapes. - - An editor widget might use an I-beam cursor: - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 6 - - If no cursor has been set, or after a call to unsetCursor(), the - parent's cursor is used. - - By default, this property contains a cursor with the Qt::ArrowCursor - shape. - - Some underlying window implementations will reset the cursor if it - leaves a widget even if the mouse is grabbed. If you want to have - a cursor set for all widgets, even when outside the window, consider - QApplication::setOverrideCursor(). - - \sa QApplication::setOverrideCursor() -*/ - -#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR -QCursor QWidget::cursor() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor)) - return (d->extra && d->extra->curs) - ? *d->extra->curs - : QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor); - if (isWindow() || !parentWidget()) - return QCursor(Qt::ArrowCursor); - return parentWidget()->cursor(); -} - -void QWidget::setCursor(const QCursor &cursor) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); -// On Mac we must set the cursor even if it is the ArrowCursor. -#if !defined(Q_WS_MAC) && !defined(Q_WS_QWS) - if (cursor.shape() != Qt::ArrowCursor - || (d->extra && d->extra->curs)) -#endif - { - d->createExtra(); - QCursor *newCursor = new QCursor(cursor); - delete d->extra->curs; - d->extra->curs = newCursor; - } - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor); - d->setCursor_sys(cursor); - - QEvent event(QEvent::CursorChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event); -} - -void QWidget::unsetCursor() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (d->extra) { - delete d->extra->curs; - d->extra->curs = 0; - } - if (!isWindow()) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor, false); - d->unsetCursor_sys(); - - QEvent event(QEvent::CursorChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event); -} - -#endif - -/*! - \enum QWidget::RenderFlag - - This enum describes how to render the widget when calling QWidget::render(). - - \value DrawWindowBackground If you enable this option, the widget's background - is rendered into the target even if autoFillBackground is not set. By default, - this option is enabled. - - \value DrawChildren If you enable this option, the widget's children - are rendered recursively into the target. By default, this option is enabled. - - \value IgnoreMask If you enable this option, the widget's QWidget::mask() - is ignored when rendering into the target. By default, this option is disabled. - - \since 4.3 -*/ - -/*! - \since 4.3 - - Renders the \a sourceRegion of this widget into the \a target - using \a renderFlags to determine how to render. Rendering - starts at \a targetOffset in the \a target. For example: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 7 - - If \a sourceRegion is a null region, this function will use QWidget::rect() as - the region, i.e. the entire widget. - - Ensure that you call QPainter::end() for the \a target device's - active painter (if any) before rendering. For example: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 8 - - \note To obtain the contents of an OpenGL widget, use QGLWidget::grabFrameBuffer() - or QGLWidget::renderPixmap() instead. -*/ -void QWidget::render(QPaintDevice *target, const QPoint &targetOffset, - const QRegion &sourceRegion, RenderFlags renderFlags) -{ - d_func()->render(target, targetOffset, sourceRegion, renderFlags, false); -} - -/*! - \overload - - Renders the widget into the \a painter's QPainter::device(). - - Transformations and settings applied to the \a painter will be used - when rendering. - - \note The \a painter must be active. On Mac OS X the widget will be - rendered into a QPixmap and then drawn by the \a painter. - - \sa QPainter::device() -*/ -void QWidget::render(QPainter *painter, const QPoint &targetOffset, - const QRegion &sourceRegion, RenderFlags renderFlags) -{ - if (!painter) { - qWarning("QWidget::render: Null pointer to painter"); - return; - } - - if (!painter->isActive()) { - qWarning("QWidget::render: Cannot render with an inactive painter"); - return; - } - - const qreal opacity = painter->opacity(); - if (qFuzzyIsNull(opacity)) - return; // Fully transparent. - - Q_D(QWidget); - const bool inRenderWithPainter = d->extra && d->extra->inRenderWithPainter; - const QRegion toBePainted = !inRenderWithPainter ? d->prepareToRender(sourceRegion, renderFlags) - : sourceRegion; - if (toBePainted.isEmpty()) - return; - - if (!d->extra) - d->createExtra(); - d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = true; - -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - d->render_helper(painter, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags); -#else - QPaintEngine *engine = painter->paintEngine(); - Q_ASSERT(engine); - QPaintEnginePrivate *enginePriv = engine->d_func(); - Q_ASSERT(enginePriv); - QPaintDevice *target = engine->paintDevice(); - Q_ASSERT(target); - - // Render via a pixmap when dealing with non-opaque painters or printers. - if (!inRenderWithPainter && (opacity < 1.0 || (target->devType() == QInternal::Printer))) { - d->render_helper(painter, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags); - d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = false; - return; - } - - // Set new shared painter. - QPainter *oldPainter = d->sharedPainter(); - d->setSharedPainter(painter); - - // Save current system clip, viewport and transform, - const QTransform oldTransform = enginePriv->systemTransform; - const QRegion oldSystemClip = enginePriv->systemClip; - const QRegion oldSystemViewport = enginePriv->systemViewport; - - // This ensures that all painting triggered by render() is clipped to the current engine clip. - if (painter->hasClipping()) { - const QRegion painterClip = painter->deviceTransform().map(painter->clipRegion()); - enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemClip.isEmpty() ? painterClip : oldSystemClip & painterClip); - } else { - enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemClip); - } - - render(target, targetOffset, toBePainted, renderFlags); - - // Restore system clip, viewport and transform. - enginePriv->systemClip = oldSystemClip; - enginePriv->setSystemViewport(oldSystemViewport); - enginePriv->setSystemTransform(oldTransform); - - // Restore shared painter. - d->setSharedPainter(oldPainter); -#endif - - d->extra->inRenderWithPainter = false; -} - -/*! - \brief The graphicsEffect function returns a pointer to the - widget's graphics effect. - - If the widget has no graphics effect, 0 is returned. - - \since 4.6 - - \sa setGraphicsEffect() -*/ -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT -QGraphicsEffect *QWidget::graphicsEffect() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->graphicsEffect; -} -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - -/*! - - \brief The setGraphicsEffect function is for setting the widget's graphics effect. - - Sets \a effect as the widget's effect. If there already is an effect installed - on this widget, QWidget will delete the existing effect before installing - the new \a effect. - - If \a effect is the installed on a different widget, setGraphicsEffect() will remove - the effect from the widget and install it on this widget. - - QWidget takes ownership of \a effect. - - \note This function will apply the effect on itself and all its children. - - \since 4.6 - - \sa graphicsEffect() -*/ -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT -void QWidget::setGraphicsEffect(QGraphicsEffect *effect) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (d->graphicsEffect == effect) - return; - - if (d->graphicsEffect) { - d->invalidateBuffer(rect()); - delete d->graphicsEffect; - d->graphicsEffect = 0; - } - - if (effect) { - // Set new effect. - QGraphicsEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = new QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate(this); - QGraphicsEffectSource *source = new QGraphicsEffectSource(*sourced); - d->graphicsEffect = effect; - effect->d_func()->setGraphicsEffectSource(source); - update(); - } - - d->updateIsOpaque(); -} -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - -bool QWidgetPrivate::isAboutToShow() const -{ - if (data.in_show) - return true; - - Q_Q(const QWidget); - if (q->isHidden()) - return false; - - // The widget will be shown if any of its ancestors are about to show. - QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget(); - return parent ? parent->d_func()->isAboutToShow() : false; -} - -QRegion QWidgetPrivate::prepareToRender(const QRegion ®ion, QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - const bool isVisible = q->isVisible(); - - // Make sure the widget is laid out correctly. - if (!isVisible && !isAboutToShow()) { - QWidget *topLevel = q->window(); - (void)topLevel->d_func()->topData(); // Make sure we at least have top-data. - topLevel->ensurePolished(); - - // Invalidate the layout of hidden ancestors (incl. myself) and pretend - // they're not explicitly hidden. - QWidget *widget = q; - QWidgetList hiddenWidgets; - while (widget) { - if (widget->isHidden()) { - widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false); - hiddenWidgets.append(widget); - if (!widget->isWindow() && widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout) - widget->d_func()->updateGeometry_helper(true); - } - widget = widget->parentWidget(); - } - - // Activate top-level layout. - if (topLevel->d_func()->layout) - topLevel->d_func()->layout->activate(); - - // Adjust size if necessary. - QTLWExtra *topLevelExtra = topLevel->d_func()->maybeTopData(); - if (topLevelExtra && !topLevelExtra->sizeAdjusted - && !topLevel->testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized)) { - topLevel->adjustSize(); - topLevel->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, false); - } - - // Activate child layouts. - topLevel->d_func()->activateChildLayoutsRecursively(); - - // We're not cheating with WA_WState_Hidden anymore. - for (int i = 0; i < hiddenWidgets.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *widget = hiddenWidgets.at(i); - widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); - if (!widget->isWindow() && widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout) - widget->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->invalidate(); - } - } else if (isVisible) { - q->window()->d_func()->sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(true, true); - } - - // Calculate the region to be painted. - QRegion toBePainted = !region.isEmpty() ? region : QRegion(q->rect()); - if (!(renderFlags & QWidget::IgnoreMask) && extra && extra->hasMask) - toBePainted &= extra->mask; - return toBePainted; -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::render_helper(QPainter *painter, const QPoint &targetOffset, const QRegion &toBePainted, - QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags) -{ - Q_ASSERT(painter); - Q_ASSERT(!toBePainted.isEmpty()); - - Q_Q(QWidget); -#ifndef Q_WS_MAC - const QTransform originalTransform = painter->worldTransform(); - const bool useDeviceCoordinates = originalTransform.isScaling(); - if (!useDeviceCoordinates) { -#endif - // Render via a pixmap. - const QRect rect = toBePainted.boundingRect(); - const QSize size = rect.size(); - if (size.isNull()) - return; - - QPixmap pixmap(size); - if (!(renderFlags & QWidget::DrawWindowBackground) || !isOpaque) - pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); - q->render(&pixmap, QPoint(), toBePainted, renderFlags); - - const bool restore = !(painter->renderHints() & QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform); - painter->setRenderHints(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, true); - - painter->drawPixmap(targetOffset, pixmap); - - if (restore) - painter->setRenderHints(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, false); - -#ifndef Q_WS_MAC - } else { - // Render via a pixmap in device coordinates (to avoid pixmap scaling). - QTransform transform = originalTransform; - transform.translate(targetOffset.x(), targetOffset.y()); - - QPaintDevice *device = painter->device(); - Q_ASSERT(device); - - // Calculate device rect. - const QRectF rect(toBePainted.boundingRect()); - QRect deviceRect = transform.mapRect(QRectF(0, 0, rect.width(), rect.height())).toAlignedRect(); - deviceRect &= QRect(0, 0, device->width(), device->height()); - - QPixmap pixmap(deviceRect.size()); - pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); - - // Create a pixmap device coordinate painter. - QPainter pixmapPainter(&pixmap); - pixmapPainter.setRenderHints(painter->renderHints()); - transform *= QTransform::fromTranslate(-deviceRect.x(), -deviceRect.y()); - pixmapPainter.setTransform(transform); - - q->render(&pixmapPainter, QPoint(), toBePainted, renderFlags); - pixmapPainter.end(); - - // And then draw the pixmap. - painter->setTransform(QTransform()); - painter->drawPixmap(deviceRect.topLeft(), pixmap); - painter->setTransform(originalTransform); - } -#endif -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::drawWidget(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QRegion &rgn, const QPoint &offset, int flags, - QPainter *sharedPainter, QWidgetBackingStore *backingStore) -{ - if (rgn.isEmpty()) - return; - -#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA) - if (qt_mac_clearDirtyOnWidgetInsideDrawWidget) - dirtyOnWidget = QRegion(); - - // We disable the rendering of QToolBar in the backingStore if - // it's supposed to be in the unified toolbar on Mac OS X. - if (backingStore && isInUnifiedToolbar) - return; -#endif // Q_WS_MAC && QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - - - Q_Q(QWidget); -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - if (graphicsEffect && graphicsEffect->isEnabled()) { - QGraphicsEffectSource *source = graphicsEffect->d_func()->source; - QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *sourced = static_cast<QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate *> - (source->d_func()); - if (!sourced->context) { - QWidgetPaintContext context(pdev, rgn, offset, flags, sharedPainter, backingStore); - sourced->context = &context; - if (!sharedPainter) { - QPaintEngine *paintEngine = pdev->paintEngine(); - paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = rgn.translated(offset); - QPainter p(pdev); - p.translate(offset); - context.painter = &p; - graphicsEffect->draw(&p); - paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = QRegion(); - } else { - context.painter = sharedPainter; - if (sharedPainter->worldTransform() != sourced->lastEffectTransform) { - sourced->invalidateCache(); - sourced->lastEffectTransform = sharedPainter->worldTransform(); - } - sharedPainter->save(); - sharedPainter->translate(offset); - graphicsEffect->draw(sharedPainter); - sharedPainter->restore(); - } - sourced->context = 0; - return; - } - } -#endif //QT_NO_GRAFFICSEFFECT - - const bool asRoot = flags & DrawAsRoot; - const bool alsoOnScreen = flags & DrawPaintOnScreen; - const bool recursive = flags & DrawRecursive; - const bool alsoInvisible = flags & DrawInvisible; - - Q_ASSERT(sharedPainter ? sharedPainter->isActive() : true); - - QRegion toBePainted(rgn); - if (asRoot && !alsoInvisible) - toBePainted &= clipRect(); //(rgn & visibleRegion()); - if (!(flags & DontSubtractOpaqueChildren)) - subtractOpaqueChildren(toBePainted, q->rect()); - - if (!toBePainted.isEmpty()) { - bool onScreen = paintOnScreen(); - if (!onScreen || alsoOnScreen) { - //update the "in paint event" flag - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) - qWarning("QWidget::repaint: Recursive repaint detected"); - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent); - - //clip away the new area -#ifndef QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG - bool flushed = QWidgetBackingStore::flushPaint(q, toBePainted); -#endif - QPaintEngine *paintEngine = pdev->paintEngine(); - if (paintEngine) { - setRedirected(pdev, -offset); - -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - // (Alien support) Special case for Mac when redirecting: If the paint device - // is of the Widget type we need to set WA_WState_InPaintEvent since painting - // outside the paint event is not supported on QWidgets. The attributeis - // restored further down. - if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget) - static_cast<QWidget *>(pdev)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent); - -#endif - if (sharedPainter) - paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = toBePainted; - else - paintEngine->d_func()->systemRect = q->data->crect; - - //paint the background - if ((asRoot || q->autoFillBackground() || onScreen || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyledBackground)) - && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent) && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground)) { - QPainter p(q); - paintBackground(&p, toBePainted, (asRoot || onScreen) ? flags | DrawAsRoot : 0); - } - - if (!sharedPainter) - paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = toBePainted.translated(offset); - - if (!onScreen && !asRoot && !isOpaque && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TintedBackground)) { - QPainter p(q); - QColor tint = q->palette().window().color(); - tint.setAlphaF(qreal(.6)); - p.fillRect(toBePainted.boundingRect(), tint); - } - } - -#if 0 - qDebug() << "painting" << q << "opaque ==" << isOpaque(); - qDebug() << "clipping to" << toBePainted << "location == " << offset - << "geometry ==" << QRect(q->mapTo(q->window(), QPoint(0, 0)), q->size()); -#endif - - //actually send the paint event - QPaintEvent e(toBePainted); - QCoreApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(q, &e); -#if !defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(Q_WS_QPA) - if (backingStore && !onScreen && !asRoot && (q->internalWinId() || !q->nativeParentWidget()->isWindow())) - backingStore->markDirtyOnScreen(toBePainted, q, offset); -#endif - - //restore - if (paintEngine) { -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - if (pdev->devType() == QInternal::Widget) - static_cast<QWidget *>(pdev)->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false); -#endif - restoreRedirected(); - if (!sharedPainter) - paintEngine->d_func()->systemRect = QRect(); - else - paintEngine->d_func()->currentClipWidget = 0; - paintEngine->d_func()->systemClip = QRegion(); - } - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent, false); - if (q->paintingActive() && !q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOutsidePaintEvent)) - qWarning("QWidget::repaint: It is dangerous to leave painters active on a widget outside of the PaintEvent"); - - if (paintEngine && paintEngine->autoDestruct()) { - delete paintEngine; - } - -#ifndef QT_NO_PAINT_DEBUG - if (flushed) - QWidgetBackingStore::unflushPaint(q, toBePainted); -#endif - } else if (q->isWindow()) { - QPaintEngine *engine = pdev->paintEngine(); - if (engine) { - QPainter p(pdev); - p.setClipRegion(toBePainted); - const QBrush bg = q->palette().brush(QPalette::Window); - if (bg.style() == Qt::TexturePattern) - p.drawTiledPixmap(q->rect(), bg.texture()); - else - p.fillRect(q->rect(), bg); - - if (engine->autoDestruct()) - delete engine; - } - } - } - - if (recursive && !children.isEmpty()) { - paintSiblingsRecursive(pdev, children, children.size() - 1, rgn, offset, flags & ~DrawAsRoot -#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES - , q->windowSurface() -#endif - , sharedPainter, backingStore); - } -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::render(QPaintDevice *target, const QPoint &targetOffset, - const QRegion &sourceRegion, QWidget::RenderFlags renderFlags, - bool readyToRender) -{ - if (!target) { - qWarning("QWidget::render: null pointer to paint device"); - return; - } - - const bool inRenderWithPainter = extra && extra->inRenderWithPainter; - QRegion paintRegion = !inRenderWithPainter && !readyToRender - ? prepareToRender(sourceRegion, renderFlags) - : sourceRegion; - if (paintRegion.isEmpty()) - return; - -#ifndef Q_WS_MAC - QPainter *oldSharedPainter = inRenderWithPainter ? sharedPainter() : 0; - - // Use the target's shared painter if set (typically set when doing - // "other->render(widget);" in the widget's paintEvent. - if (target->devType() == QInternal::Widget) { - QWidgetPrivate *targetPrivate = static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->d_func(); - if (targetPrivate->extra && targetPrivate->extra->inRenderWithPainter) { - QPainter *targetPainter = targetPrivate->sharedPainter(); - if (targetPainter && targetPainter->isActive()) - setSharedPainter(targetPainter); - } - } -#endif - - // Use the target's redirected device if set and adjust offset and paint - // region accordingly. This is typically the case when people call render - // from the paintEvent. - QPoint offset = targetOffset; - offset -= paintRegion.boundingRect().topLeft(); - QPoint redirectionOffset; - QPaintDevice *redirected = 0; - - if (target->devType() == QInternal::Widget) - redirected = static_cast<QWidget *>(target)->d_func()->redirected(&redirectionOffset); - if (!redirected) - redirected = QPainter::redirected(target, &redirectionOffset); - - if (redirected) { - target = redirected; - offset -= redirectionOffset; - } - - if (!inRenderWithPainter) { // Clip handled by shared painter (in qpainter.cpp). - if (QPaintEngine *targetEngine = target->paintEngine()) { - const QRegion targetSystemClip = targetEngine->systemClip(); - if (!targetSystemClip.isEmpty()) - paintRegion &= targetSystemClip.translated(-offset); - } - } - - // Set backingstore flags. - int flags = DrawPaintOnScreen | DrawInvisible; - if (renderFlags & QWidget::DrawWindowBackground) - flags |= DrawAsRoot; - - if (renderFlags & QWidget::DrawChildren) - flags |= DrawRecursive; - else - flags |= DontSubtractOpaqueChildren; - -#ifdef Q_WS_QWS - flags |= DontSetCompositionMode; -#endif - - if (target->devType() == QInternal::Printer) { - QPainter p(target); - render_helper(&p, targetOffset, paintRegion, renderFlags); - return; - } - -#ifndef Q_WS_MAC - // Render via backingstore. - drawWidget(target, paintRegion, offset, flags, sharedPainter()); - - // Restore shared painter. - if (oldSharedPainter) - setSharedPainter(oldSharedPainter); -#else - // Render via backingstore (no shared painter). - drawWidget(target, paintRegion, offset, flags, 0); -#endif -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::paintSiblingsRecursive(QPaintDevice *pdev, const QObjectList& siblings, int index, const QRegion &rgn, - const QPoint &offset, int flags -#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES - , const QWindowSurface *currentSurface -#endif - , QPainter *sharedPainter, QWidgetBackingStore *backingStore) -{ - QWidget *w = 0; - QRect boundingRect; - bool dirtyBoundingRect = true; - const bool exludeOpaqueChildren = (flags & DontDrawOpaqueChildren); - const bool excludeNativeChildren = (flags & DontDrawNativeChildren); - - do { - QWidget *x = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(siblings.at(index)); - if (x && !(exludeOpaqueChildren && x->d_func()->isOpaque) && !x->isHidden() && !x->isWindow() - && !(excludeNativeChildren && x->internalWinId())) { - if (dirtyBoundingRect) { - boundingRect = rgn.boundingRect(); - dirtyBoundingRect = false; - } - - if (qRectIntersects(boundingRect, x->d_func()->effectiveRectFor(x->data->crect))) { -#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES - if (x->windowSurface() == currentSurface) -#endif - { - w = x; - break; - } - } - } - --index; - } while (index >= 0); - - if (!w) - return; - - QWidgetPrivate *wd = w->d_func(); - const QPoint widgetPos(w->data->crect.topLeft()); - const bool hasMask = wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask && !wd->graphicsEffect; - if (index > 0) { - QRegion wr(rgn); - if (wd->isOpaque) - wr -= hasMask ? wd->extra->mask.translated(widgetPos) : w->data->crect; - paintSiblingsRecursive(pdev, siblings, --index, wr, offset, flags -#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES - , currentSurface -#endif - , sharedPainter, backingStore); - } - - if (w->updatesEnabled() -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - && (!w->d_func()->extra || !w->d_func()->extra->proxyWidget) -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - ) { - QRegion wRegion(rgn); - wRegion &= wd->effectiveRectFor(w->data->crect); - wRegion.translate(-widgetPos); - if (hasMask) - wRegion &= wd->extra->mask; - wd->drawWidget(pdev, wRegion, offset + widgetPos, flags, sharedPainter, backingStore); - } -} - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT -QRectF QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::boundingRect(Qt::CoordinateSystem system) const -{ - if (system != Qt::DeviceCoordinates) - return m_widget->rect(); - - if (!context) { - // Device coordinates without context not yet supported. - qWarning("QGraphicsEffectSource::boundingRect: Not yet implemented, lacking device context"); - return QRectF(); - } - - return context->painter->worldTransform().mapRect(m_widget->rect()); -} - -void QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::draw(QPainter *painter) -{ - if (!context || context->painter != painter) { - m_widget->render(painter); - return; - } - - // The region saved in the context is neither clipped to the rect - // nor the mask, so we have to clip it here before calling drawWidget. - QRegion toBePainted = context->rgn; - toBePainted &= m_widget->rect(); - QWidgetPrivate *wd = qt_widget_private(m_widget); - if (wd->extra && wd->extra->hasMask) - toBePainted &= wd->extra->mask; - - wd->drawWidget(context->pdev, toBePainted, context->offset, context->flags, - context->sharedPainter, context->backingStore); -} - -QPixmap QWidgetEffectSourcePrivate::pixmap(Qt::CoordinateSystem system, QPoint *offset, - QGraphicsEffect::PixmapPadMode mode) const -{ - const bool deviceCoordinates = (system == Qt::DeviceCoordinates); - if (!context && deviceCoordinates) { - // Device coordinates without context not yet supported. - qWarning("QGraphicsEffectSource::pixmap: Not yet implemented, lacking device context"); - return QPixmap(); - } - - QPoint pixmapOffset; - QRectF sourceRect = m_widget->rect(); - - if (deviceCoordinates) { - const QTransform &painterTransform = context->painter->worldTransform(); - sourceRect = painterTransform.mapRect(sourceRect); - pixmapOffset = painterTransform.map(pixmapOffset); - } - - QRect effectRect; - - if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToEffectiveBoundingRect) - effectRect = m_widget->graphicsEffect()->boundingRectFor(sourceRect).toAlignedRect(); - else if (mode == QGraphicsEffect::PadToTransparentBorder) - effectRect = sourceRect.adjusted(-1, -1, 1, 1).toAlignedRect(); - else - effectRect = sourceRect.toAlignedRect(); - - if (offset) - *offset = effectRect.topLeft(); - - pixmapOffset -= effectRect.topLeft(); - - QPixmap pixmap(effectRect.size()); - pixmap.fill(Qt::transparent); - m_widget->render(&pixmap, pixmapOffset, QRegion(), QWidget::DrawChildren); - return pixmap; -} -#endif //QT_NO_GRAPHICSEFFECT - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW -/*! - \internal - - Finds the nearest widget embedded in a graphics proxy widget along the chain formed by this - widget and its ancestors. The search starts at \a origin (inclusive). - If successful, the function returns the proxy that embeds the widget, or 0 if no embedded - widget was found. -*/ -QGraphicsProxyWidget * QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(const QWidget *origin) -{ - if (origin) { - QWExtra *extra = origin->d_func()->extra; - if (extra && extra->proxyWidget) - return extra->proxyWidget; - return nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(origin->parentWidget()); - } - return 0; -} -#endif - -/*! - \property QWidget::locale - \brief the widget's locale - \since 4.3 - - As long as no special locale has been set, this is either - the parent's locale or (if this widget is a top level widget), - the default locale. - - If the widget displays dates or numbers, these should be formatted - using the widget's locale. - - \sa QLocale QLocale::setDefault() -*/ - -void QWidgetPrivate::setLocale_helper(const QLocale &loc, bool forceUpdate) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if (locale == loc && !forceUpdate) - return; - - locale = loc; - - if (!children.isEmpty()) { - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(children.at(i)); - if (!w) - continue; - if (w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale)) - continue; - if (w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowPropagation)) - continue; - w->d_func()->setLocale_helper(loc, forceUpdate); - } - } - QEvent e(QEvent::LocaleChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); -} - -void QWidget::setLocale(const QLocale &locale) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale); - d->setLocale_helper(locale); -} - -QLocale QWidget::locale() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - - return d->locale; -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::resolveLocale() -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - - if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale)) { - setLocale_helper(q->isWindow() - ? QLocale() - : q->parentWidget()->locale()); - } -} - -void QWidget::unsetLocale() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetLocale, false); - d->resolveLocale(); -} - -static QString constructWindowTitleFromFilePath(const QString &filePath) -{ - QFileInfo fi(filePath); - QString windowTitle = fi.fileName() + QLatin1String("[*]"); -#ifndef Q_WS_MAC - QString appName = QApplication::applicationName(); - if (!appName.isEmpty()) - windowTitle += QLatin1Char(' ') + QChar(0x2014) + QLatin1Char(' ') + appName; -#endif - return windowTitle; -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::windowTitle - \brief the window title (caption) - - This property only makes sense for top-level widgets, such as - windows and dialogs. If no caption has been set, the title is based of the - \l windowFilePath. If neither of these is set, then the title is - an empty string. - - If you use the \l windowModified mechanism, the window title must - contain a "[*]" placeholder, which indicates where the '*' should - appear. Normally, it should appear right after the file name - (e.g., "document1.txt[*] - Text Editor"). If the \l - windowModified property is false (the default), the placeholder - is simply removed. - - \sa windowIcon, windowIconText, windowModified, windowFilePath -*/ -QString QWidget::windowTitle() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) { - if (!d->extra->topextra->caption.isEmpty()) - return d->extra->topextra->caption; - if (!d->extra->topextra->filePath.isEmpty()) - return constructWindowTitleFromFilePath(d->extra->topextra->filePath); - } - return QString(); -} - -/*! - Returns a modified window title with the [*] place holder - replaced according to the rules described in QWidget::setWindowTitle - - This function assumes that "[*]" can be quoted by another - "[*]", so it will replace two place holders by one and - a single last one by either "*" or nothing depending on - the modified flag. - - \internal -*/ -QString qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(const QString &title, const QWidget *widget) -{ - Q_ASSERT(widget); - -#ifdef QT_EVAL - extern QString qt_eval_adapt_window_title(const QString &title); - QString cap = qt_eval_adapt_window_title(title); -#else - QString cap = title; -#endif - - if (cap.isEmpty()) - return cap; - - QLatin1String placeHolder("[*]"); - int placeHolderLength = 3; // QLatin1String doesn't have length() - - int index = cap.indexOf(placeHolder); - - // here the magic begins - while (index != -1) { - index += placeHolderLength; - int count = 1; - while (cap.indexOf(placeHolder, index) == index) { - ++count; - index += placeHolderLength; - } - - if (count%2) { // odd number of [*] -> replace last one - int lastIndex = cap.lastIndexOf(placeHolder, index - 1); - if (widget->isWindowModified() - && widget->style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_TitleBar_ModifyNotification, 0, widget)) - cap.replace(lastIndex, 3, QWidget::tr("*")); - else - cap.remove(lastIndex, 3); - } - - index = cap.indexOf(placeHolder, index); - } - - cap.replace(QLatin1String("[*][*]"), placeHolder); - - return cap; -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowTitle_helper(const QString &title) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - setWindowTitle_sys(qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(title, q)); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowIconText_helper(const QString &title) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - setWindowIconText_sys(qt_setWindowTitle_helperHelper(title, q)); -} - -void QWidget::setWindowIconText(const QString &iconText) -{ - if (QWidget::windowIconText() == iconText) - return; - - Q_D(QWidget); - d->topData()->iconText = iconText; - d->setWindowIconText_helper(iconText); - - QEvent e(QEvent::IconTextChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); -} - -void QWidget::setWindowTitle(const QString &title) -{ - if (QWidget::windowTitle() == title && !title.isEmpty() && !title.isNull()) - return; - - Q_D(QWidget); - d->topData()->caption = title; - d->setWindowTitle_helper(title); - - QEvent e(QEvent::WindowTitleChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); -} - - -/*! - \property QWidget::windowIcon - \brief the widget's icon - - This property only makes sense for windows. If no icon - has been set, windowIcon() returns the application icon - (QApplication::windowIcon()). - - \sa windowIconText, windowTitle -*/ -QIcon QWidget::windowIcon() const -{ - const QWidget *w = this; - while (w) { - const QWidgetPrivate *d = w->d_func(); - if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra && d->extra->topextra->icon) - return *d->extra->topextra->icon; - w = w->parentWidget(); - } - return QApplication::windowIcon(); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowIcon_helper() -{ - QEvent e(QEvent::WindowIconChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(q_func(), &e); - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); - if (w && !w->isWindow()) - QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e); - } -} - -void QWidget::setWindowIcon(const QIcon &icon) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - - setAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon, !icon.isNull()); - d->createTLExtra(); - - if (!d->extra->topextra->icon) - d->extra->topextra->icon = new QIcon(); - *d->extra->topextra->icon = icon; - - delete d->extra->topextra->iconPixmap; - d->extra->topextra->iconPixmap = 0; - - d->setWindowIcon_sys(); - d->setWindowIcon_helper(); -} - - -/*! - \property QWidget::windowIconText - \brief the widget's icon text - - This property only makes sense for windows. If no icon - text has been set, this functions returns an empty string. - - \sa windowIcon, windowTitle -*/ - -QString QWidget::windowIconText() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->iconText : QString(); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::windowFilePath - \since 4.4 - \brief the file path associated with a widget - - This property only makes sense for windows. It associates a file path with - a window. If you set the file path, but have not set the window title, Qt - sets the window title to contain a string created using the following - components. - - On Mac OS X: - - \list - \o The file name of the specified path, obtained using QFileInfo::fileName(). - \endlist - - On Windows and X11: - - \list - \o The file name of the specified path, obtained using QFileInfo::fileName(). - \o An optional \c{*} character, if the \l windowModified property is set. - \o The \c{0x2014} unicode character, padded either side by spaces. - \o The application name, obtained from the application's - \l{QCoreApplication::}{applicationName} property. - \endlist - - If the window title is set at any point, then the window title takes precedence and - will be shown instead of the file path string. - - Additionally, on Mac OS X, this has an added benefit that it sets the - \l{http://developer.apple.com/documentation/UserExperience/Conceptual/OSXHIGuidelines/XHIGWindows/chapter_17_section_3.html}{proxy icon} - for the window, assuming that the file path exists. - - If no file path is set, this property contains an empty string. - - By default, this property contains an empty string. - - \sa windowTitle, windowIcon -*/ - -QString QWidget::windowFilePath() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->filePath : QString(); -} - -void QWidget::setWindowFilePath(const QString &filePath) -{ - if (filePath == windowFilePath()) - return; - - Q_D(QWidget); - - d->createTLExtra(); - d->extra->topextra->filePath = filePath; - d->setWindowFilePath_helper(filePath); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setWindowFilePath_helper(const QString &filePath) -{ - if (extra->topextra && extra->topextra->caption.isEmpty()) { -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - setWindowTitle_helper(QFileInfo(filePath).fileName()); -#else - Q_Q(QWidget); - Q_UNUSED(filePath); - setWindowTitle_helper(q->windowTitle()); -#endif - } -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - setWindowFilePath_sys(filePath); -#endif -} - -/*! - Returns the window's role, or an empty string. - - \sa windowIcon, windowTitle -*/ - -QString QWidget::windowRole() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->role : QString(); -} - -/*! - Sets the window's role to \a role. This only makes sense for - windows on X11. -*/ -void QWidget::setWindowRole(const QString &role) -{ -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - Q_D(QWidget); - d->topData()->role = role; - d->setWindowRole(); -#else - Q_UNUSED(role) -#endif -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::mouseTracking - \brief whether mouse tracking is enabled for the widget - - If mouse tracking is disabled (the default), the widget only - receives mouse move events when at least one mouse button is - pressed while the mouse is being moved. - - If mouse tracking is enabled, the widget receives mouse move - events even if no buttons are pressed. - - \sa mouseMoveEvent() -*/ - - -/*! - Sets the widget's focus proxy to widget \a w. If \a w is 0, the - function resets this widget to have no focus proxy. - - Some widgets can "have focus", but create a child widget, such as - QLineEdit, to actually handle the focus. In this case, the widget - can set the line edit to be its focus proxy. - - setFocusProxy() sets the widget which will actually get focus when - "this widget" gets it. If there is a focus proxy, setFocus() and - hasFocus() operate on the focus proxy. - - \sa focusProxy() -*/ - -void QWidget::setFocusProxy(QWidget * w) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (!w && !d->extra) - return; - - for (QWidget* fp = w; fp; fp = fp->focusProxy()) { - if (fp == this) { - qWarning("QWidget: %s (%s) already in focus proxy chain", metaObject()->className(), objectName().toLocal8Bit().constData()); - return; - } - } - - d->createExtra(); - d->extra->focus_proxy = w; -} - - -/*! - Returns the focus proxy, or 0 if there is no focus proxy. - - \sa setFocusProxy() -*/ - -QWidget * QWidget::focusProxy() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->extra ? (QWidget *)d->extra->focus_proxy : 0; -} - - -/*! - \property QWidget::focus - \brief whether this widget (or its focus proxy) has the keyboard - input focus - - By default, this property is false. - - \note Obtaining the value of this property for a widget is effectively equivalent - to checking whether QApplication::focusWidget() refers to the widget. - - \sa setFocus(), clearFocus(), setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget() -*/ -bool QWidget::hasFocus() const -{ - const QWidget* w = this; - while (w->d_func()->extra && w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy) - w = w->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy; - if (QWidget *window = w->window()) { -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - QWExtra *e = window->d_func()->extra; - if (e && e->proxyWidget && e->proxyWidget->hasFocus() && window->focusWidget() == w) - return true; -#endif - } - return (QApplication::focusWidget() == w); -} - -/*! - Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus - proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the \link - isActiveWindow() active window\endlink. The \a reason argument will - be passed into any focus event sent from this function, it is used - to give an explanation of what caused the widget to get focus. - If the window is not active, the widget will be given the focus when - the window becomes active. - - First, a focus out event is sent to the focus widget (if any) to - tell it that it is about to lose the focus. Then a focus in event - is sent to this widget to tell it that it just received the focus. - (Nothing happens if the focus in and focus out widgets are the - same.) - - \note On embedded platforms, setFocus() will not cause an input panel - to be opened by the input method. If you want this to happen, you - have to send a QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel event to the - widget yourself. - - setFocus() gives focus to a widget regardless of its focus policy, - but does not clear any keyboard grab (see grabKeyboard()). - - Be aware that if the widget is hidden, it will not accept focus - until it is shown. - - \warning If you call setFocus() in a function which may itself be - called from focusOutEvent() or focusInEvent(), you may get an - infinite recursion. - - \sa hasFocus(), clearFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), - setFocusPolicy(), focusWidget(), QApplication::focusWidget(), grabKeyboard(), - grabMouse(), {Keyboard Focus}, QEvent::RequestSoftwareInputPanel -*/ - -void QWidget::setFocus(Qt::FocusReason reason) -{ - if (!isEnabled()) - return; - - QWidget *f = this; - while (f->d_func()->extra && f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy) - f = f->d_func()->extra->focus_proxy; - - if (QApplication::focusWidget() == f -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) - && GetFocus() == f->internalWinId() -#endif - ) - return; - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - QWidget *previousProxyFocus = 0; - if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) { - if (topData->proxyWidget && topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) { - previousProxyFocus = topData->proxyWidget->widget()->focusWidget(); - if (previousProxyFocus && previousProxyFocus->focusProxy()) - previousProxyFocus = previousProxyFocus->focusProxy(); - if (previousProxyFocus == this && !topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->proxyIsGivingFocus) - return; - } - } -#endif - - QWidget *w = f; - if (isHidden()) { - while (w && w->isHidden()) { - w->d_func()->focus_child = f; - w = w->isWindow() ? 0 : w->parentWidget(); - } - } else { - while (w) { - w->d_func()->focus_child = f; - w = w->isWindow() ? 0 : w->parentWidget(); - } - } - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - // Update proxy state - if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) { - if (topData->proxyWidget && !topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) { - topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->focusFromWidgetToProxy = 1; - topData->proxyWidget->setFocus(reason); - topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->focusFromWidgetToProxy = 0; - } - } -#endif - - if (f->isActiveWindow()) { - QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(f, reason); -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY -# ifdef Q_OS_WIN - // The negation of the condition in setFocus_sys - if (!(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && window()->windowType() != Qt::Popup && internalWinId())) - //setFocusWidget will already post a focus event for us (that the AT client receives) on Windows -# endif -# ifdef Q_OS_UNIX - // menus update the focus manually and this would create bogus events - if (!(f->inherits("QMenuBar") || f->inherits("QMenu") || f->inherits("QMenuItem"))) -# endif - QAccessible::updateAccessibility(f, 0, QAccessible::Focus); -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) { - if (topData->proxyWidget) { - if (previousProxyFocus && previousProxyFocus != f) { - // Send event to self - QFocusEvent event(QEvent::FocusOut, reason); - QPointer<QWidget> that = previousProxyFocus; - QApplication::sendEvent(previousProxyFocus, &event); - if (that) - QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &event); - } - if (!isHidden()) { -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - // Update proxy state - if (QWExtra *topData = window()->d_func()->extra) - if (topData->proxyWidget && topData->proxyWidget->hasFocus()) - topData->proxyWidget->d_func()->updateProxyInputMethodAcceptanceFromWidget(); -#endif - // Send event to self - QFocusEvent event(QEvent::FocusIn, reason); - QPointer<QWidget> that = f; - QApplication::sendEvent(f, &event); - if (that) - QApplication::sendEvent(that->style(), &event); - } - } - } -#endif - } -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setFocus() - \overload - - Gives the keyboard input focus to this widget (or its focus - proxy) if this widget or one of its parents is the - \l{isActiveWindow()}{active window}. -*/ - -/*! - Takes keyboard input focus from the widget. - - If the widget has active focus, a \link focusOutEvent() focus out - event\endlink is sent to this widget to tell it that it is about - to lose the focus. - - This widget must enable focus setting in order to get the keyboard - input focus, i.e. it must call setFocusPolicy(). - - \sa hasFocus(), setFocus(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), - setFocusPolicy(), QApplication::focusWidget() -*/ - -void QWidget::clearFocus() -{ - QWidget *w = this; - while (w) { - if (w->d_func()->focus_child == this) - w->d_func()->focus_child = 0; - w = w->parentWidget(); - } -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - QWExtra *topData = d_func()->extra; - if (topData && topData->proxyWidget) - topData->proxyWidget->clearFocus(); -#endif - - if (hasFocus()) { - // Update proxy state - QApplicationPrivate::setFocusWidget(0, Qt::OtherFocusReason); -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) - if (!(windowType() == Qt::Popup) && GetFocus() == internalWinId()) - SetFocus(0); - else -#endif - { -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY - QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::Focus); -#endif - } - } -} - - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::focusNextChild() - - Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate - for \key Tab, and returns true if it can find a new widget, or - false if it can't. - - \sa focusPreviousChild() -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::focusPreviousChild() - - Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate - for \key Shift+Tab, and returns true if it can find a new widget, - or false if it can't. - - \sa focusNextChild() -*/ - -/*! - Finds a new widget to give the keyboard focus to, as appropriate - for Tab and Shift+Tab, and returns true if it can find a new - widget, or false if it can't. - - If \a next is true, this function searches forward, if \a next - is false, it searches backward. - - Sometimes, you will want to reimplement this function. For - example, a web browser might reimplement it to move its "current - active link" forward or backward, and call - focusNextPrevChild() only when it reaches the last or - first link on the "page". - - Child widgets call focusNextPrevChild() on their parent widgets, - but only the window that contains the child widgets decides where - to redirect focus. By reimplementing this function for an object, - you thus gain control of focus traversal for all child widgets. - - \sa focusNextChild(), focusPreviousChild() -*/ - -bool QWidget::focusNextPrevChild(bool next) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - QWidget* p = parentWidget(); - bool isSubWindow = (windowType() == Qt::SubWindow); - if (!isWindow() && !isSubWindow && p) - return p->focusNextPrevChild(next); -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (d->extra && d->extra->proxyWidget) - return d->extra->proxyWidget->focusNextPrevChild(next); -#endif - QWidget *w = QApplicationPrivate::focusNextPrevChild_helper(this, next); - if (!w) return false; - - w->setFocus(next ? Qt::TabFocusReason : Qt::BacktabFocusReason); - return true; -} - -/*! - Returns the last child of this widget that setFocus had been - called on. For top level widgets this is the widget that will get - focus in case this window gets activated - - This is not the same as QApplication::focusWidget(), which returns - the focus widget in the currently active window. -*/ - -QWidget *QWidget::focusWidget() const -{ - return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_child); -} - -/*! - Returns the next widget in this widget's focus chain. - - \sa previousInFocusChain() -*/ -QWidget *QWidget::nextInFocusChain() const -{ - return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_next); -} - -/*! - \brief The previousInFocusChain function returns the previous - widget in this widget's focus chain. - - \sa nextInFocusChain() - - \since 4.6 -*/ -QWidget *QWidget::previousInFocusChain() const -{ - return const_cast<QWidget *>(d_func()->focus_prev); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::isActiveWindow - \brief whether this widget's window is the active window - - The active window is the window that contains the widget that has - keyboard focus (The window may still have focus if it has no - widgets or none of its widgets accepts keyboard focus). - - When popup windows are visible, this property is true for both the - active window \e and for the popup. - - By default, this property is false. - - \sa activateWindow(), QApplication::activeWindow() -*/ -bool QWidget::isActiveWindow() const -{ - QWidget *tlw = window(); - if(tlw == QApplication::activeWindow() || (isVisible() && (tlw->windowType() == Qt::Popup))) - return true; - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (QWExtra *tlwExtra = tlw->d_func()->extra) { - if (isVisible() && tlwExtra->proxyWidget) - return tlwExtra->proxyWidget->isActiveWindow(); - } -#endif - -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - extern bool qt_mac_is_macdrawer(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp - if(qt_mac_is_macdrawer(tlw) && - tlw->parentWidget() && tlw->parentWidget()->isActiveWindow()) - return true; - - extern bool qt_mac_insideKeyWindow(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp - if (QApplication::testAttribute(Qt::AA_MacPluginApplication) && qt_mac_insideKeyWindow(tlw)) - return true; -#endif - if(style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_Widget_ShareActivation, 0, this)) { - if(tlw->windowType() == Qt::Tool && - !tlw->isModal() && - (!tlw->parentWidget() || tlw->parentWidget()->isActiveWindow())) - return true; - QWidget *w = QApplication::activeWindow(); - while(w && tlw->windowType() == Qt::Tool && - !w->isModal() && w->parentWidget()) { - w = w->parentWidget()->window(); - if(w == tlw) - return true; - } - } -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN32) - HWND active = GetActiveWindow(); - if (!tlw->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - return false; - return active == tlw->internalWinId() || ::IsChild(active, tlw->internalWinId()); -#else - return false; -#endif -} - -/*! - Puts the \a second widget after the \a first widget in the focus order. - - Note that since the tab order of the \a second widget is changed, you - should order a chain like this: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 9 - - \e not like this: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 10 - - If \a first or \a second has a focus proxy, setTabOrder() - correctly substitutes the proxy. - - \sa setFocusPolicy(), setFocusProxy(), {Keyboard Focus} -*/ -void QWidget::setTabOrder(QWidget* first, QWidget *second) -{ - if (!first || !second || first->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus || second->focusPolicy() == Qt::NoFocus) - return; - - if (first->window() != second->window()) { - qWarning("QWidget::setTabOrder: 'first' and 'second' must be in the same window"); - return; - } - - QWidget *fp = first->focusProxy(); - if (fp) { - // If first is redirected, set first to the last child of first - // that can take keyboard focus so that second is inserted after - // that last child, and the focus order within first is (more - // likely to be) preserved. - QList<QWidget *> l = first->findChildren<QWidget *>(); - for (int i = l.size()-1; i >= 0; --i) { - QWidget * next = l.at(i); - if (next->window() == fp->window()) { - fp = next; - if (fp->focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus) - break; - } - } - first = fp; - } - - if (fp == second) - return; - - if (QWidget *sp = second->focusProxy()) - second = sp; - -// QWidget *fp = first->d_func()->focus_prev; - QWidget *fn = first->d_func()->focus_next; - - if (fn == second || first == second) - return; - - QWidget *sp = second->d_func()->focus_prev; - QWidget *sn = second->d_func()->focus_next; - - fn->d_func()->focus_prev = second; - first->d_func()->focus_next = second; - - second->d_func()->focus_next = fn; - second->d_func()->focus_prev = first; - - sp->d_func()->focus_next = sn; - sn->d_func()->focus_prev = sp; - - - Q_ASSERT(first->d_func()->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == first); - Q_ASSERT(first->d_func()->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == first); - - Q_ASSERT(second->d_func()->focus_next->d_func()->focus_prev == second); - Q_ASSERT(second->d_func()->focus_prev->d_func()->focus_next == second); -} - -/*!\internal - - Moves the relevant subwidgets of this widget from the \a oldtlw's - tab chain to that of the new parent, if there's anything to move and - we're really moving - - This function is called from QWidget::reparent() *after* the widget - has been reparented. - - \sa reparent() -*/ - -void QWidgetPrivate::reparentFocusWidgets(QWidget * oldtlw) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if (oldtlw == q->window()) - return; // nothing to do - - if(focus_child) - focus_child->clearFocus(); - - // separate the focus chain into new (children of myself) and old (the rest) - QWidget *firstOld = 0; - //QWidget *firstNew = q; //invariant - QWidget *o = 0; // last in the old list - QWidget *n = q; // last in the new list - - bool prevWasNew = true; - QWidget *w = focus_next; - - //Note: for efficiency, we do not maintain the list invariant inside the loop - //we append items to the relevant list, and we optimize by not changing pointers - //when subsequent items are going into the same list. - while (w != q) { - bool currentIsNew = q->isAncestorOf(w); - if (currentIsNew) { - if (!prevWasNew) { - //prev was old -- append to new list - n->d_func()->focus_next = w; - w->d_func()->focus_prev = n; - } - n = w; - } else { - if (prevWasNew) { - //prev was new -- append to old list, if there is one - if (o) { - o->d_func()->focus_next = w; - w->d_func()->focus_prev = o; - } else { - // "create" the old list - firstOld = w; - } - } - o = w; - } - w = w->d_func()->focus_next; - prevWasNew = currentIsNew; - } - - //repair the old list: - if (firstOld) { - o->d_func()->focus_next = firstOld; - firstOld->d_func()->focus_prev = o; - } - - if (!q->isWindow()) { - QWidget *topLevel = q->window(); - //insert new chain into toplevel's chain - - QWidget *prev = topLevel->d_func()->focus_prev; - - topLevel->d_func()->focus_prev = n; - prev->d_func()->focus_next = q; - - focus_prev = prev; - n->d_func()->focus_next = topLevel; - } else { - //repair the new list - n->d_func()->focus_next = q; - focus_prev = n; - } - -} - -/*!\internal - - Measures the shortest distance from a point to a rect. - - This function is called from QDesktopwidget::screen(QPoint) to find the - closest screen for a point. - In directional KeypadNavigation, it is called to find the closest - widget to the current focus widget center. -*/ -int QWidgetPrivate::pointToRect(const QPoint &p, const QRect &r) -{ - int dx = 0; - int dy = 0; - if (p.x() < r.left()) - dx = r.left() - p.x(); - else if (p.x() > r.right()) - dx = p.x() - r.right(); - if (p.y() < r.top()) - dy = r.top() - p.y(); - else if (p.y() > r.bottom()) - dy = p.y() - r.bottom(); - return dx + dy; -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::frameSize - \brief the size of the widget including any window frame - - By default, this property contains a value that depends on the user's - platform and screen geometry. -*/ -QSize QWidget::frameSize() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (isWindow() && !(windowType() == Qt::Popup)) { - QRect fs = d->frameStrut(); - return QSize(data->crect.width() + fs.left() + fs.right(), - data->crect.height() + fs.top() + fs.bottom()); - } - return data->crect.size(); -} - -/*! \fn void QWidget::move(int x, int y) - - \overload - - This corresponds to move(QPoint(\a x, \a y)). -*/ - -void QWidget::move(const QPoint &p) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved); - if (isWindow()) - d->topData()->posFromMove = true; - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) { - d->setGeometry_sys(p.x() + geometry().x() - QWidget::x(), - p.y() + geometry().y() - QWidget::y(), - width(), height(), true); - d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - } else { - data->crect.moveTopLeft(p); // no frame yet - setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent); - } -} - -/*! \fn void QWidget::resize(int w, int h) - \overload - - This corresponds to resize(QSize(\a w, \a h)). -*/ - -void QWidget::resize(const QSize &s) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) { - d->setGeometry_sys(geometry().x(), geometry().y(), s.width(), s.height(), false); - d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - } else { - data->crect.setSize(s.boundedTo(maximumSize()).expandedTo(minimumSize())); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent); - } -} - -void QWidget::setGeometry(const QRect &r) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved); - if (isWindow()) - d->topData()->posFromMove = false; - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) { - d->setGeometry_sys(r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), true); - d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - } else { - data->crect.setTopLeft(r.topLeft()); - data->crect.setSize(r.size().boundedTo(maximumSize()).expandedTo(minimumSize())); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent); - } -} - -/*! - \since 4.2 - Saves the current geometry and state for top-level widgets. - - To save the geometry when the window closes, you can - implement a close event like this: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 11 - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - Use QMainWindow::saveState() to save the geometry and the state of - toolbars and dock widgets. - - \sa restoreGeometry(), QMainWindow::saveState(), QMainWindow::restoreState() -*/ -QByteArray QWidget::saveGeometry() const -{ -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - // We check if the window was maximized during this invocation. If so, we need to record the - // starting position as 0,0. - Q_D(const QWidget); - QRect newFramePosition = frameGeometry(); - QRect newNormalPosition = normalGeometry(); - if(d->topData()->wasMaximized && !(windowState() & Qt::WindowMaximized)) { - // Change the starting position - newFramePosition.moveTo(0, 0); - newNormalPosition.moveTo(0, 0); - } -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - QByteArray array; - QDataStream stream(&array, QIODevice::WriteOnly); - stream.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0); - const quint32 magicNumber = 0x1D9D0CB; - quint16 majorVersion = 1; - quint16 minorVersion = 0; - stream << magicNumber - << majorVersion - << minorVersion -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - << newFramePosition - << newNormalPosition -#else - << frameGeometry() - << normalGeometry() -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - << qint32(QApplication::desktop()->screenNumber(this)) - << quint8(windowState() & Qt::WindowMaximized) - << quint8(windowState() & Qt::WindowFullScreen); - return array; -} - -/*! - \since 4.2 - - Restores the geometry and state top-level widgets stored in the - byte array \a geometry. Returns true on success; otherwise - returns false. - - If the restored geometry is off-screen, it will be modified to be - inside the available screen geometry. - - To restore geometry saved using QSettings, you can use code like - this: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 12 - - See the \l{Window Geometry} documentation for an overview of geometry - issues with windows. - - Use QMainWindow::restoreState() to restore the geometry and the - state of toolbars and dock widgets. - - \sa saveGeometry(), QSettings, QMainWindow::saveState(), QMainWindow::restoreState() -*/ -bool QWidget::restoreGeometry(const QByteArray &geometry) -{ - if (geometry.size() < 4) - return false; - QDataStream stream(geometry); - stream.setVersion(QDataStream::Qt_4_0); - - const quint32 magicNumber = 0x1D9D0CB; - quint32 storedMagicNumber; - stream >> storedMagicNumber; - if (storedMagicNumber != magicNumber) - return false; - - const quint16 currentMajorVersion = 1; - quint16 majorVersion = 0; - quint16 minorVersion = 0; - - stream >> majorVersion >> minorVersion; - - if (majorVersion != currentMajorVersion) - return false; - // (Allow all minor versions.) - - QRect restoredFrameGeometry; - QRect restoredNormalGeometry; - qint32 restoredScreenNumber; - quint8 maximized; - quint8 fullScreen; - - stream >> restoredFrameGeometry - >> restoredNormalGeometry - >> restoredScreenNumber - >> maximized - >> fullScreen; - - const int frameHeight = 20; - if (!restoredFrameGeometry.isValid()) - restoredFrameGeometry = QRect(QPoint(0,0), sizeHint()); - - if (!restoredNormalGeometry.isValid()) - restoredNormalGeometry = QRect(QPoint(0, frameHeight), sizeHint()); - if (!restoredNormalGeometry.isValid()) { - // use the widget's adjustedSize if the sizeHint() doesn't help - restoredNormalGeometry.setSize(restoredNormalGeometry - .size() - .expandedTo(d_func()->adjustedSize())); - } - - const QDesktopWidget * const desktop = QApplication::desktop(); - if (restoredScreenNumber >= desktop->numScreens()) - restoredScreenNumber = desktop->primaryScreen(); - - const QRect availableGeometry = desktop->availableGeometry(restoredScreenNumber); - - // Modify the restored geometry if we are about to restore to coordinates - // that would make the window "lost". This happens if: - // - The restored geometry is completely oustside the available geometry - // - The title bar is outside the available geometry. - // - (Mac only) The window is higher than the available geometry. It must - // be possible to bring the size grip on screen by moving the window. -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - restoredFrameGeometry.setHeight(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.height(), availableGeometry.height())); - restoredNormalGeometry.setHeight(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.height(), availableGeometry.height() - frameHeight)); -#endif - - if (!restoredFrameGeometry.intersects(availableGeometry)) { - restoredFrameGeometry.moveBottom(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.bottom(), availableGeometry.bottom())); - restoredFrameGeometry.moveLeft(qMax(restoredFrameGeometry.left(), availableGeometry.left())); - restoredFrameGeometry.moveRight(qMin(restoredFrameGeometry.right(), availableGeometry.right())); - } - restoredFrameGeometry.moveTop(qMax(restoredFrameGeometry.top(), availableGeometry.top())); - - if (!restoredNormalGeometry.intersects(availableGeometry)) { - restoredNormalGeometry.moveBottom(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.bottom(), availableGeometry.bottom())); - restoredNormalGeometry.moveLeft(qMax(restoredNormalGeometry.left(), availableGeometry.left())); - restoredNormalGeometry.moveRight(qMin(restoredNormalGeometry.right(), availableGeometry.right())); - } - restoredNormalGeometry.moveTop(qMax(restoredNormalGeometry.top(), availableGeometry.top() + frameHeight)); - - if (maximized || fullScreen) { - // set geomerty before setting the window state to make - // sure the window is maximized to the right screen. - // Skip on windows: the window is restored into a broken - // half-maximized state. -#ifndef Q_WS_WIN - setGeometry(restoredNormalGeometry); -#endif - Qt::WindowStates ws = windowState(); - if (maximized) - ws |= Qt::WindowMaximized; - if (fullScreen) - ws |= Qt::WindowFullScreen; - setWindowState(ws); - d_func()->topData()->normalGeometry = restoredNormalGeometry; - } else { - QPoint offset; -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 - if (isFullScreen()) - offset = d_func()->topData()->fullScreenOffset; -#endif - setWindowState(windowState() & ~(Qt::WindowMaximized | Qt::WindowFullScreen)); - move(restoredFrameGeometry.topLeft() + offset); - resize(restoredNormalGeometry.size()); - } - return true; -} - -/*!\fn void QWidget::setGeometry(int x, int y, int w, int h) - \overload - - This corresponds to setGeometry(QRect(\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h)). -*/ - -/*! - Sets the margins around the contents of the widget to have the sizes - \a left, \a top, \a right, and \a bottom. The margins are used by - the layout system, and may be used by subclasses to specify the area - to draw in (e.g. excluding the frame). - - Changing the margins will trigger a resizeEvent(). - - \sa contentsRect(), getContentsMargins() -*/ -void QWidget::setContentsMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (left == d->leftmargin && top == d->topmargin - && right == d->rightmargin && bottom == d->bottommargin) - return; - d->leftmargin = left; - d->topmargin = top; - d->rightmargin = right; - d->bottommargin = bottom; - - if (QLayout *l=d->layout) - l->update(); //force activate; will do updateGeometry - else - updateGeometry(); - - // ### Qt 5: compat, remove - if (isVisible()) { - update(); - QResizeEvent e(data->crect.size(), data->crect.size()); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); - } else { - setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent, true); - } - - QEvent e(QEvent::ContentsRectChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); -} - -/*! - \overload - \since 4.6 - - \brief The setContentsMargins function sets the margins around the - widget's contents. - - Sets the margins around the contents of the widget to have the - sizes determined by \a margins. The margins are - used by the layout system, and may be used by subclasses to - specify the area to draw in (e.g. excluding the frame). - - Changing the margins will trigger a resizeEvent(). - - \sa contentsRect(), getContentsMargins() -*/ -void QWidget::setContentsMargins(const QMargins &margins) -{ - setContentsMargins(margins.left(), margins.top(), - margins.right(), margins.bottom()); -} - -/*! - Returns the widget's contents margins for \a left, \a top, \a - right, and \a bottom. - - \sa setContentsMargins(), contentsRect() - */ -void QWidget::getContentsMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (left) - *left = d->leftmargin; - if (top) - *top = d->topmargin; - if (right) - *right = d->rightmargin; - if (bottom) - *bottom = d->bottommargin; -} - -/*! - \since 4.6 - - \brief The contentsMargins function returns the widget's contents margins. - - \sa getContentsMargins(), setContentsMargins(), contentsRect() - */ -QMargins QWidget::contentsMargins() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return QMargins(d->leftmargin, d->topmargin, d->rightmargin, d->bottommargin); -} - - -/*! - Returns the area inside the widget's margins. - - \sa setContentsMargins(), getContentsMargins() -*/ -QRect QWidget::contentsRect() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return QRect(QPoint(d->leftmargin, d->topmargin), - QPoint(data->crect.width() - 1 - d->rightmargin, - data->crect.height() - 1 - d->bottommargin)); - -} - - - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &pos) - - This signal is emitted when the widget's \l contextMenuPolicy is - Qt::CustomContextMenu, and the user has requested a context menu on - the widget. The position \a pos is the position of the context menu - event that the widget receives. Normally this is in widget - coordinates. The exception to this rule is QAbstractScrollArea and - its subclasses that map the context menu event to coordinates of the - \link QAbstractScrollArea::viewport() viewport() \endlink . - - - \sa mapToGlobal() QMenu contextMenuPolicy -*/ - - -/*! - \property QWidget::contextMenuPolicy - \brief how the widget shows a context menu - - The default value of this property is Qt::DefaultContextMenu, - which means the contextMenuEvent() handler is called. Other values - are Qt::NoContextMenu, Qt::PreventContextMenu, - Qt::ActionsContextMenu, and Qt::CustomContextMenu. With - Qt::CustomContextMenu, the signal customContextMenuRequested() is - emitted. - - \sa contextMenuEvent(), customContextMenuRequested(), actions() -*/ - -Qt::ContextMenuPolicy QWidget::contextMenuPolicy() const -{ - return (Qt::ContextMenuPolicy)data->context_menu_policy; -} - -void QWidget::setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::ContextMenuPolicy policy) -{ - data->context_menu_policy = (uint) policy; -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::focusPolicy - \brief the way the widget accepts keyboard focus - - The policy is Qt::TabFocus if the widget accepts keyboard - focus by tabbing, Qt::ClickFocus if the widget accepts - focus by clicking, Qt::StrongFocus if it accepts both, and - Qt::NoFocus (the default) if it does not accept focus at - all. - - You must enable keyboard focus for a widget if it processes - keyboard events. This is normally done from the widget's - constructor. For instance, the QLineEdit constructor calls - setFocusPolicy(Qt::StrongFocus). - - If the widget has a focus proxy, then the focus policy will - be propagated to it. - - \sa focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), enabled -*/ - - -Qt::FocusPolicy QWidget::focusPolicy() const -{ - return (Qt::FocusPolicy)data->focus_policy; -} - -void QWidget::setFocusPolicy(Qt::FocusPolicy policy) -{ - data->focus_policy = (uint) policy; - Q_D(QWidget); - if (d->extra && d->extra->focus_proxy) - d->extra->focus_proxy->setFocusPolicy(policy); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::updatesEnabled - \brief whether updates are enabled - - An updates enabled widget receives paint events and has a system - background; a disabled widget does not. This also implies that - calling update() and repaint() has no effect if updates are - disabled. - - By default, this property is true. - - setUpdatesEnabled() is normally used to disable updates for a - short period of time, for instance to avoid screen flicker during - large changes. In Qt, widgets normally do not generate screen - flicker, but on X11 the server might erase regions on the screen - when widgets get hidden before they can be replaced by other - widgets. Disabling updates solves this. - - Example: - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 13 - - Disabling a widget implicitly disables all its children. Enabling a widget - enables all child widgets \e except top-level widgets or those that - have been explicitly disabled. Re-enabling updates implicitly calls - update() on the widget. - - \sa paintEvent() -*/ -void QWidget::setUpdatesEnabled(bool enable) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled, !enable); - d->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(enable); -} - -/*! \fn void QWidget::show() - - Shows the widget and its child widgets. This function is - equivalent to setVisible(true). - - \sa raise(), showEvent(), hide(), setVisible(), showMinimized(), showMaximized(), - showNormal(), isVisible() -*/ - - -/*! \internal - - Makes the widget visible in the isVisible() meaning of the word. - It is only called for toplevels or widgets with visible parents. - */ -void QWidgetPrivate::show_recursive() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - // polish if necessary - - if (!q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - createRecursively(); - q->ensurePolished(); - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if(sendChildEvents) - QApplication::sendPostedEvents(q, QEvent::ChildInserted); -#endif - if (!q->isWindow() && q->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout && !q->parentWidget()->data->in_show) - q->parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->activate(); - // activate our layout before we and our children become visible - if (layout) - layout->activate(); - - show_helper(); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(bool recursive, bool disableUpdates) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - - disableUpdates = disableUpdates && q->updatesEnabled(); - if (disableUpdates) - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled); - - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent)) { - QMoveEvent e(data.crect.topLeft(), data.crect.topLeft()); - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingMoveEvent, false); - } - - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent)) { - QResizeEvent e(data.crect.size(), QSize()); - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_PendingResizeEvent, false); - } - - if (disableUpdates) - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled, false); - - if (!recursive) - return; - - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - if (QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i))) - child->d_func()->sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(recursive, disableUpdates); - } -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::activateChildLayoutsRecursively() -{ - sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(false, true); - - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); - if (!child || child->isHidden() || child->isWindow()) - continue; - - child->ensurePolished(); - - // Activate child's layout - QWidgetPrivate *childPrivate = child->d_func(); - if (childPrivate->layout) - childPrivate->layout->activate(); - - // Pretend we're visible. - const bool wasVisible = child->isVisible(); - if (!wasVisible) - child->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible); - - // Do the same for all my children. - childPrivate->activateChildLayoutsRecursively(); - - // We're not cheating anymore. - if (!wasVisible) - child->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false); - } -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::show_helper() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - data.in_show = true; // qws optimization - // make sure we receive pending move and resize events - sendPendingMoveAndResizeEvents(); - - // become visible before showing all children - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible); - - // finally show all children recursively - showChildren(false); - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if (q->parentWidget() && sendChildEvents) - QApplication::sendPostedEvents(q->parentWidget(), - QEvent::ChildInserted); -#endif - - - // popup handling: new popups and tools need to be raised, and - // existing popups must be closed. Also propagate the current - // windows's KeyboardFocusChange status. - if (q->isWindow()) { - if ((q->windowType() == Qt::Tool) || (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) || q->windowType() == Qt::ToolTip) { - q->raise(); - if (q->parentWidget() && q->parentWidget()->window()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange)) - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange); - } else { - while (QApplication::activePopupWidget()) { - if (!QApplication::activePopupWidget()->close()) - break; - } - } - } - - // Automatic embedding of child windows of widgets already embedded into - // QGraphicsProxyWidget when they are shown the first time. - bool isEmbedded = false; -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (q->isWindow()) { - isEmbedded = q->graphicsProxyWidget() ? true : false; - if (!isEmbedded && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(q)) { - QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(q->parentWidget()); - if (ancestorProxy) { - isEmbedded = true; - ancestorProxy->d_func()->embedSubWindow(q); - } - } - } -#else - Q_UNUSED(isEmbedded); -#endif - - // On Windows, show the popup now so that our own focus handling - // stores the correct old focus widget even if it's stolen in the - // showevent -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) - if (!isEmbedded && q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) - qApp->d_func()->openPopup(q); -#endif - - // send the show event before showing the window - QShowEvent showEvent; - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &showEvent); - - if (!isEmbedded && q->isModal() && q->isWindow()) - // QApplicationPrivate::enterModal *before* show, otherwise the initial - // stacking might be wrong - QApplicationPrivate::enterModal(q); - - - show_sys(); - -#if !defined(Q_WS_WIN) && !defined(Q_WS_MAC) && !defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) - if (!isEmbedded && q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) - qApp->d_func()->openPopup(q); -#endif - -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY - if (q->windowType() != Qt::ToolTip) // Tooltips are read aloud twice in MS narrator. - QAccessible::updateAccessibility(q, 0, QAccessible::ObjectShow); -#endif - - if (QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget == q) { - QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0; - q->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason); - } - - // Process events when showing a Qt::SplashScreen widget before the event loop - // is spinnning; otherwise it might not show up on particular platforms. - // This makes QSplashScreen behave the same on all platforms. - if (!qApp->d_func()->in_exec && q->windowType() == Qt::SplashScreen) - QApplication::processEvents(); - - data.in_show = false; // reset qws optimization -} - -/*! \fn void QWidget::hide() - - Hides the widget. This function is equivalent to - setVisible(false). - - - \note If you are working with QDialog or its subclasses and you invoke - the show() function after this function, the dialog will be displayed in - its original position. - - \sa hideEvent(), isHidden(), show(), setVisible(), isVisible(), close() -*/ - -/*!\internal - */ -void QWidgetPrivate::hide_helper() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - - bool isEmbedded = false; -#if !defined QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - isEmbedded = q->isWindow() && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(q) && nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(q->parentWidget()) != 0; -#else - Q_UNUSED(isEmbedded); -#endif - - if (!isEmbedded && (q->windowType() == Qt::Popup)) - qApp->d_func()->closePopup(q); - - // Move test modal here. Otherwise, a modal dialog could get - // destroyed and we lose all access to its parent because we haven't - // left modality. (Eg. modal Progress Dialog) - if (!isEmbedded && q->isModal() && q->isWindow()) - QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal(q); - -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) - if (q->isWindow() && !(q->windowType() == Qt::Popup) && q->parentWidget() - && !q->parentWidget()->isHidden() && q->isActiveWindow()) - q->parentWidget()->activateWindow(); // Activate parent -#endif - - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped, false); - hide_sys(); - - bool wasVisible = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible); - - if (wasVisible) { - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false); - - } - - QHideEvent hideEvent; - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &hideEvent); - hideChildren(false); - - // next bit tries to move the focus if the focus widget is now - // hidden. - if (wasVisible) { -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QPA) - qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(q); -#endif - - QWidget *fw = QApplication::focusWidget(); - while (fw && !fw->isWindow()) { - if (fw == q) { - q->focusNextPrevChild(true); - break; - } - fw = fw->parentWidget(); - } - } - - if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) - bs->removeDirtyWidget(q); - -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY - if (wasVisible) - QAccessible::updateAccessibility(q, 0, QAccessible::ObjectHide); -#endif -} - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isHidden() const - - Returns true if the widget is hidden, otherwise returns false. - - A hidden widget will only become visible when show() is called on - it. It will not be automatically shown when the parent is shown. - - To check visibility, use !isVisible() instead (notice the exclamation mark). - - isHidden() implies !isVisible(), but a widget can be not visible - and not hidden at the same time. This is the case for widgets that are children of - widgets that are not visible. - - - Widgets are hidden if: - \list - \o they were created as independent windows, - \o they were created as children of visible widgets, - \o hide() or setVisible(false) was called. - \endlist -*/ - - -void QWidget::setVisible(bool visible) -{ - if (visible) { // show - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide) && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) - return; - - Q_D(QWidget); - - // Designer uses a trick to make grabWidget work without showing - if (!isWindow() && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isVisible() - && !parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - parentWidget()->window()->d_func()->createRecursively(); - - //we have to at least create toplevels before applyX11SpecificCommandLineArguments - //but not children of non-visible parents - QWidget *pw = parentWidget(); - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) - && (isWindow() || pw->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created))) { - create(); - } - -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - if (windowType() == Qt::Window) - QApplicationPrivate::applyX11SpecificCommandLineArguments(this); -#elif defined(Q_WS_QWS) - if (windowType() == Qt::Window) - QApplicationPrivate::applyQWSSpecificCommandLineArguments(this); -#endif - - bool wasResized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); - Qt::WindowStates initialWindowState = windowState(); - - // polish if necessary - ensurePolished(); - - // remember that show was called explicitly - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide); - // whether we need to inform the parent widget immediately - bool needUpdateGeometry = !isWindow() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); - // we are no longer hidden - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false); - - if (needUpdateGeometry) - d->updateGeometry_helper(true); - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ChildInserted); -#endif - // activate our layout before we and our children become visible - if (d->layout) - d->layout->activate(); - - if (!isWindow()) { - QWidget *parent = parentWidget(); - while (parent && parent->isVisible() && parent->d_func()->layout && !parent->data->in_show) { - parent->d_func()->layout->activate(); - if (parent->isWindow()) - break; - parent = parent->parentWidget(); - } - if (parent) - parent->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - } - - // adjust size if necessary - if (!wasResized - && (isWindow() || !parentWidget()->d_func()->layout)) { - if (isWindow()) { - adjustSize(); - if (windowState() != initialWindowState) - setWindowState(initialWindowState); - } else { - adjustSize(); - } - setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, false); - } - - setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyboardFocusChange, false); - - if (isWindow() || parentWidget()->isVisible()) { - // remove posted quit events when showing a new window - QCoreApplication::removePostedEvents(qApp, QEvent::Quit); - - d->show_helper(); - -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QPA) - qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(this); -#endif - } - - QEvent showToParentEvent(QEvent::ShowToParent); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &showToParentEvent); - } else { // hide - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide) && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) - return; -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) - // reset WS_DISABLED style in a Blocked window - if(isWindow() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) - && QApplicationPrivate::isBlockedByModal(this)) - { - LONG dwStyle = GetWindowLong(winId(), GWL_STYLE); - dwStyle &= ~WS_DISABLED; - SetWindowLong(winId(), GWL_STYLE, dwStyle); - } -#endif - if (QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget == this) - QApplicationPrivate::hidden_focus_widget = 0; - - Q_D(QWidget); - - // hw: The test on getOpaqueRegion() needs to be more intelligent - // currently it doesn't work if the widget is hidden (the region will - // be clipped). The real check should be testing the cached region - // (and dirty flag) directly. - if (!isWindow() && parentWidget()) // && !d->getOpaqueRegion().isEmpty()) - parentWidget()->d_func()->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide); - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - d->hide_helper(); - - // invalidate layout similar to updateGeometry() - if (!isWindow() && parentWidget()) { - if (parentWidget()->d_func()->layout) - parentWidget()->d_func()->layout->invalidate(); - else if (parentWidget()->isVisible()) - QApplication::postEvent(parentWidget(), new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutRequest)); - } - - QEvent hideToParentEvent(QEvent::HideToParent); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &hideToParentEvent); - } -} - -/*!\fn void QWidget::setHidden(bool hidden) - - Convenience function, equivalent to setVisible(!\a hidden). -*/ - -/*!\fn void QWidget::setShown(bool shown) - - Use setVisible(\a shown) instead. -*/ - - -void QWidgetPrivate::_q_showIfNotHidden() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if ( !(q->isHidden() && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide)) ) - q->setVisible(true); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::showChildren(bool spontaneous) -{ - QList<QObject*> childList = children; - for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childList.at(i)); - if (!widget - || widget->isWindow() - || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) - continue; - if (spontaneous) { - widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped); - widget->d_func()->showChildren(true); - QShowEvent e; - QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e); - } else { - if (widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide)) - widget->d_func()->show_recursive(); - else - widget->show(); - } - } -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::hideChildren(bool spontaneous) -{ - QList<QObject*> childList = children; - for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *widget = qobject_cast<QWidget*>(childList.at(i)); - if (!widget || widget->isWindow() || widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) - continue; -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - // Before doing anything we need to make sure that we don't leave anything in a non-consistent state. - // When hiding a widget we need to make sure that no mouse_down events are active, because - // the mouse_up event will never be received by a hidden widget or one of its descendants. - // The solution is simple, before going through with this we check if there are any mouse_down events in - // progress, if so we check if it is related to this widget or not. If so, we just reset the mouse_down and - // then we continue. - // In X11 and Windows we send a mouse_release event, however we don't do that here because we were already - // ignoring that from before. I.e. Carbon did not send the mouse release event, so we will not send the - // mouse release event. There are two ways to interpret this: - // 1. If we don't send the mouse release event, the widget might get into an inconsistent state, i.e. it - // might be waiting for a release event that will never arrive. - // 2. If we send the mouse release event, then the widget might decide to trigger an action that is not - // supposed to trigger because it is not visible. - if(widget == qt_button_down) - qt_button_down = 0; -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - if (spontaneous) - widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_Mapped, false); - else - widget->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible, false); - widget->d_func()->hideChildren(spontaneous); - QHideEvent e; - if (spontaneous) { - QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(widget, &e); - } else { - QApplication::sendEvent(widget, &e); - if (widget->internalWinId() - && widget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontCreateNativeAncestors)) { - // hide_sys() on an ancestor won't have any affect on this - // widget, so it needs an explicit hide_sys() of its own - widget->d_func()->hide_sys(); - } - } -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined (Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_WS_QPA) - qApp->d_func()->sendSyntheticEnterLeave(widget); -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY - if (!spontaneous) - QAccessible::updateAccessibility(widget, 0, QAccessible::ObjectHide); -#endif - } -} - -bool QWidgetPrivate::close_helper(CloseMode mode) -{ - if (data.is_closing) - return true; - - Q_Q(QWidget); - data.is_closing = 1; - - QPointer<QWidget> that = q; - QPointer<QWidget> parentWidget = q->parentWidget(); - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - bool isMain = (QApplicationPrivate::main_widget == q); -#endif - bool quitOnClose = q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose); - if (mode != CloseNoEvent) { - QCloseEvent e; - if (mode == CloseWithSpontaneousEvent) - QApplication::sendSpontaneousEvent(q, &e); - else - QApplication::sendEvent(q, &e); - if (!that.isNull() && !e.isAccepted()) { - data.is_closing = 0; - return false; - } - } - - if (!that.isNull() && !q->isHidden()) - q->hide(); - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if (isMain) - QApplication::quit(); -#endif - // Attempt to close the application only if this has WA_QuitOnClose set and a non-visible parent - quitOnClose = quitOnClose && (parentWidget.isNull() || !parentWidget->isVisible()); - - if (quitOnClose) { - /* if there is no non-withdrawn primary window left (except - the ones without QuitOnClose), we emit the lastWindowClosed - signal */ - QWidgetList list = QApplication::topLevelWidgets(); - bool lastWindowClosed = true; - for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = list.at(i); - if (!w->isVisible() || w->parentWidget() || !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose)) - continue; - lastWindowClosed = false; - break; - } - if (lastWindowClosed) - QApplicationPrivate::emitLastWindowClosed(); - } - - if (!that.isNull()) { - data.is_closing = 0; - if (q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose)) { - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose, false); - q->deleteLater(); - } - } - return true; -} - - -/*! - Closes this widget. Returns true if the widget was closed; - otherwise returns false. - - First it sends the widget a QCloseEvent. The widget is \link - hide() hidden\endlink if it \link QCloseEvent::accept() - accepts\endlink the close event. If it \link QCloseEvent::ignore() - ignores\endlink the event, nothing happens. The default - implementation of QWidget::closeEvent() accepts the close event. - - If the widget has the Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose flag, the widget - is also deleted. A close events is delivered to the widget no - matter if the widget is visible or not. - - The \l QApplication::lastWindowClosed() signal is emitted when the - last visible primary window (i.e. window with no parent) with the - Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute set is closed. By default this - attribute is set for all widgets except transient windows such as - splash screens, tool windows, and popup menus. - -*/ - -bool QWidget::close() -{ - return d_func()->close_helper(QWidgetPrivate::CloseWithEvent); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::visible - \brief whether the widget is visible - - Calling setVisible(true) or show() sets the widget to visible - status if all its parent widgets up to the window are visible. If - an ancestor is not visible, the widget won't become visible until - all its ancestors are shown. If its size or position has changed, - Qt guarantees that a widget gets move and resize events just - before it is shown. If the widget has not been resized yet, Qt - will adjust the widget's size to a useful default using - adjustSize(). - - Calling setVisible(false) or hide() hides a widget explicitly. An - explicitly hidden widget will never become visible, even if all - its ancestors become visible, unless you show it. - - A widget receives show and hide events when its visibility status - changes. Between a hide and a show event, there is no need to - waste CPU cycles preparing or displaying information to the user. - A video application, for example, might simply stop generating new - frames. - - A widget that happens to be obscured by other windows on the - screen is considered to be visible. The same applies to iconified - windows and windows that exist on another virtual - desktop (on platforms that support this concept). A widget - receives spontaneous show and hide events when its mapping status - is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous hide event - when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous show event - when the window is restored again. - - You almost never have to reimplement the setVisible() function. If - you need to change some settings before a widget is shown, use - showEvent() instead. If you need to do some delayed initialization - use the Polish event delivered to the event() function. - - \sa show(), hide(), isHidden(), isVisibleTo(), isMinimized(), - showEvent(), hideEvent() -*/ - - -/*! - Returns true if this widget would become visible if \a ancestor is - shown; otherwise returns false. - - The true case occurs if neither the widget itself nor any parent - up to but excluding \a ancestor has been explicitly hidden. - - This function will still return true if the widget is obscured by - other windows on the screen, but could be physically visible if it - or they were to be moved. - - isVisibleTo(0) is identical to isVisible(). - - \sa show() hide() isVisible() -*/ - -bool QWidget::isVisibleTo(QWidget* ancestor) const -{ - if (!ancestor) - return isVisible(); - const QWidget * w = this; - while (!w->isHidden() - && !w->isWindow() - && w->parentWidget() - && w->parentWidget() != ancestor) - w = w->parentWidget(); - return !w->isHidden(); -} - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT -/*! - Use visibleRegion() instead. -*/ -QRect QWidget::visibleRect() const -{ - return d_func()->clipRect(); -} -#endif - -/*! - Returns the unobscured region where paint events can occur. - - For visible widgets, this is an approximation of the area not - covered by other widgets; otherwise, this is an empty region. - - The repaint() function calls this function if necessary, so in - general you do not need to call it. - -*/ -QRegion QWidget::visibleRegion() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - - QRect clipRect = d->clipRect(); - if (clipRect.isEmpty()) - return QRegion(); - QRegion r(clipRect); - d->subtractOpaqueChildren(r, clipRect); - d->subtractOpaqueSiblings(r); -#ifdef Q_WS_QWS - const QWSWindowSurface *surface = static_cast<const QWSWindowSurface*>(windowSurface()); - if (surface) { - const QPoint offset = mapTo(surface->window(), QPoint()); - r &= surface->clipRegion().translated(-offset); - } -#endif - return r; -} - - -QSize QWidgetPrivate::adjustedSize() const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - - QSize s = q->sizeHint(); - - if (q->isWindow()) { - Qt::Orientations exp; - if (layout) { - if (layout->hasHeightForWidth()) - s.setHeight(layout->totalHeightForWidth(s.width())); - exp = layout->expandingDirections(); - } else - { - if (q->sizePolicy().hasHeightForWidth()) - s.setHeight(q->heightForWidth(s.width())); - exp = q->sizePolicy().expandingDirections(); - } - if (exp & Qt::Horizontal) - s.setWidth(qMax(s.width(), 200)); - if (exp & Qt::Vertical) - s.setHeight(qMax(s.height(), 100)); -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(q->x11Info().screen()); -#else // all others - QRect screen = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(q->pos()); -#endif -#if defined (Q_WS_WINCE) || defined (Q_OS_SYMBIAN) - s.setWidth(qMin(s.width(), screen.width())); - s.setHeight(qMin(s.height(), screen.height())); -#else - s.setWidth(qMin(s.width(), screen.width()*2/3)); - s.setHeight(qMin(s.height(), screen.height()*2/3)); -#endif - if (QTLWExtra *extra = maybeTopData()) - extra->sizeAdjusted = true; - } - - if (!s.isValid()) { - QRect r = q->childrenRect(); // get children rectangle - if (r.isNull()) - return s; - s = r.size() + QSize(2 * r.x(), 2 * r.y()); - } - - return s; -} - -/*! - Adjusts the size of the widget to fit its contents. - - This function uses sizeHint() if it is valid, i.e., the size hint's width - and height are \>= 0. Otherwise, it sets the size to the children - rectangle that covers all child widgets (the union of all child widget - rectangles). - - For windows, the screen size is also taken into account. If the sizeHint() - is less than (200, 100) and the size policy is \l{QSizePolicy::Expanding} - {expanding}, the window will be at least (200, 100). The maximum size of - a window is 2/3 of the screen's width and height. - - \sa sizeHint(), childrenRect() -*/ - -void QWidget::adjustSize() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - ensurePolished(); - QSize s = d->adjustedSize(); - - if (d->layout) - d->layout->activate(); - - if (s.isValid()) - resize(s); -} - - -/*! - \property QWidget::sizeHint - \brief the recommended size for the widget - - If the value of this property is an invalid size, no size is - recommended. - - The default implementation of sizeHint() returns an invalid size - if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the layout's - preferred size otherwise. - - \sa QSize::isValid(), minimumSizeHint(), sizePolicy(), - setMinimumSize(), updateGeometry() -*/ - -QSize QWidget::sizeHint() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (d->layout) - return d->layout->totalSizeHint(); - return QSize(-1, -1); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::minimumSizeHint - \brief the recommended minimum size for the widget - - If the value of this property is an invalid size, no minimum size - is recommended. - - The default implementation of minimumSizeHint() returns an invalid - size if there is no layout for this widget, and returns the - layout's minimum size otherwise. Most built-in widgets reimplement - minimumSizeHint(). - - \l QLayout will never resize a widget to a size smaller than the - minimum size hint unless minimumSize() is set or the size policy is - set to QSizePolicy::Ignore. If minimumSize() is set, the minimum - size hint will be ignored. - - \sa QSize::isValid(), resize(), setMinimumSize(), sizePolicy() -*/ -QSize QWidget::minimumSizeHint() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (d->layout) - return d->layout->totalMinimumSize(); - return QSize(-1, -1); -} - - -/*! - \fn QWidget *QWidget::parentWidget() const - - Returns the parent of this widget, or 0 if it does not have any - parent widget. -*/ - - -/*! - Returns true if this widget is a parent, (or grandparent and so on - to any level), of the given \a child, and both widgets are within - the same window; otherwise returns false. -*/ - -bool QWidget::isAncestorOf(const QWidget *child) const -{ - while (child) { - if (child == this) - return true; - if (child->isWindow()) - return false; - child = child->parentWidget(); - } - return false; -} - -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) -inline void setDisabledStyle(QWidget *w, bool setStyle) -{ - // set/reset WS_DISABLED style. - if(w && w->isWindow() && w->isVisible() && w->isEnabled()) { - LONG dwStyle = GetWindowLong(w->winId(), GWL_STYLE); - LONG newStyle = dwStyle; - if (setStyle) - newStyle |= WS_DISABLED; - else - newStyle &= ~WS_DISABLED; - if (newStyle != dwStyle) { - SetWindowLong(w->winId(), GWL_STYLE, newStyle); - // we might need to repaint in some situations (eg. menu) - w->repaint(); - } - } -} -#endif - -/***************************************************************************** - QWidget event handling - *****************************************************************************/ - -/*! - This is the main event handler; it handles event \a event. You can - reimplement this function in a subclass, but we recommend using - one of the specialized event handlers instead. - - Key press and release events are treated differently from other - events. event() checks for Tab and Shift+Tab and tries to move the - focus appropriately. If there is no widget to move the focus to - (or the key press is not Tab or Shift+Tab), event() calls - keyPressEvent(). - - Mouse and tablet event handling is also slightly special: only - when the widget is \l enabled, event() will call the specialized - handlers such as mousePressEvent(); otherwise it will discard the - event. - - This function returns true if the event was recognized, otherwise - it returns false. If the recognized event was accepted (see \l - QEvent::accepted), any further processing such as event - propagation to the parent widget stops. - - \sa closeEvent(), focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), enterEvent(), - keyPressEvent(), keyReleaseEvent(), leaveEvent(), - mouseDoubleClickEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), mousePressEvent(), - mouseReleaseEvent(), moveEvent(), paintEvent(), resizeEvent(), - QObject::event(), QObject::timerEvent() -*/ - -bool QWidget::event(QEvent *event) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - - // ignore mouse events when disabled - if (!isEnabled()) { - switch(event->type()) { - case QEvent::TabletPress: - case QEvent::TabletRelease: - case QEvent::TabletMove: - case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: - case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: - case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick: - case QEvent::MouseMove: - case QEvent::TouchBegin: - case QEvent::TouchUpdate: - case QEvent::TouchEnd: - case QEvent::ContextMenu: -#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT - case QEvent::Wheel: -#endif - return false; - default: - break; - } - } - switch (event->type()) { - case QEvent::MouseMove: - mouseMoveEvent((QMouseEvent*)event); - break; - - case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: - // Don't reset input context here. Whether reset or not is - // a responsibility of input method. reset() will be - // called by mouseHandler() of input method if necessary - // via mousePressEvent() of text widgets. -#if 0 - resetInputContext(); -#endif - mousePressEvent((QMouseEvent*)event); - break; - - case QEvent::MouseButtonRelease: - mouseReleaseEvent((QMouseEvent*)event); - break; - - case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick: - mouseDoubleClickEvent((QMouseEvent*)event); - break; -#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT - case QEvent::Wheel: - wheelEvent((QWheelEvent*)event); - break; -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT - case QEvent::TabletMove: - case QEvent::TabletPress: - case QEvent::TabletRelease: - tabletEvent((QTabletEvent*)event); - break; -#endif -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - case QEvent::Accel: - event->ignore(); - return false; -#endif - case QEvent::KeyPress: { - QKeyEvent *k = (QKeyEvent *)event; - bool res = false; - if (!(k->modifiers() & (Qt::ControlModifier | Qt::AltModifier))) { //### Add MetaModifier? - if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Backtab - || (k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab && (k->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier))) - res = focusNextPrevChild(false); - else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Tab) - res = focusNextPrevChild(true); - if (res) - break; - } - keyPressEvent(k); -#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION - if (!k->isAccepted() && QApplication::keypadNavigationEnabled() - && !(k->modifiers() & (Qt::ControlModifier | Qt::AltModifier | Qt::ShiftModifier))) { - if (QApplication::navigationMode() == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadTabOrder) { - if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up) - res = focusNextPrevChild(false); - else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down) - res = focusNextPrevChild(true); - } else if (QApplication::navigationMode() == Qt::NavigationModeKeypadDirectional) { - if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Up) - res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionNorth); - else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Right) - res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionEast); - else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Down) - res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionSouth); - else if (k->key() == Qt::Key_Left) - res = QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionWest); - } - if (res) { - k->accept(); - break; - } - } -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS - if (!k->isAccepted() - && k->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier && k->key() == Qt::Key_F1 - && d->whatsThis.size()) { - QWhatsThis::showText(mapToGlobal(inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImMicroFocus).toRect().center()), d->whatsThis, this); - k->accept(); - } -#endif - } - break; - - case QEvent::KeyRelease: - keyReleaseEvent((QKeyEvent*)event); - // fall through - case QEvent::ShortcutOverride: - break; - - case QEvent::InputMethod: - inputMethodEvent((QInputMethodEvent *) event); - break; - - case QEvent::PolishRequest: - ensurePolished(); - break; - - case QEvent::Polish: { - style()->polish(this); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Polished); - if (!QApplication::font(this).isCopyOf(QApplication::font())) - d->resolveFont(); - if (!QApplication::palette(this).isCopyOf(QApplication::palette())) - d->resolvePalette(); -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if(d->sendChildEvents) - QApplication::sendPostedEvents(this, QEvent::ChildInserted); -#endif - } - break; - - case QEvent::ApplicationWindowIconChange: - if (isWindow() && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetWindowIcon)) { - d->setWindowIcon_sys(); - d->setWindowIcon_helper(); - } - break; - case QEvent::FocusIn: -#ifdef QT_SOFTKEYS_ENABLED - QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys(); -#endif - focusInEvent((QFocusEvent*)event); - break; - - case QEvent::FocusOut: - focusOutEvent((QFocusEvent*)event); - break; - - case QEvent::Enter: -#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP - if (d->statusTip.size()) { - QStatusTipEvent tip(d->statusTip); - QApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &tip); - } -#endif - enterEvent(event); - break; - - case QEvent::Leave: -#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP - if (d->statusTip.size()) { - QString empty; - QStatusTipEvent tip(empty); - QApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &tip); - } -#endif - leaveEvent(event); - break; - - case QEvent::HoverEnter: - case QEvent::HoverLeave: - update(); - break; - - case QEvent::Paint: - // At this point the event has to be delivered, regardless - // whether the widget isVisible() or not because it - // already went through the filters - paintEvent((QPaintEvent*)event); - break; - - case QEvent::Move: - moveEvent((QMoveEvent*)event); - break; - - case QEvent::Resize: - resizeEvent((QResizeEvent*)event); - break; - - case QEvent::Close: - closeEvent((QCloseEvent *)event); - break; - -#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU - case QEvent::ContextMenu: - switch (data->context_menu_policy) { - case Qt::PreventContextMenu: - break; - case Qt::DefaultContextMenu: - contextMenuEvent(static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)); - break; - case Qt::CustomContextMenu: - emit customContextMenuRequested(static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)->pos()); - break; -#ifndef QT_NO_MENU - case Qt::ActionsContextMenu: - if (d->actions.count()) { - QMenu::exec(d->actions, static_cast<QContextMenuEvent *>(event)->globalPos(), - 0, this); - break; - } - // fall through -#endif - default: - event->ignore(); - break; - } - break; -#endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU - -#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - case QEvent::Drop: - dropEvent((QDropEvent*) event); - break; - - case QEvent::DragEnter: - dragEnterEvent((QDragEnterEvent*) event); - break; - - case QEvent::DragMove: - dragMoveEvent((QDragMoveEvent*) event); - break; - - case QEvent::DragLeave: - dragLeaveEvent((QDragLeaveEvent*) event); - break; -#endif - - case QEvent::Show: - showEvent((QShowEvent*) event); - break; - - case QEvent::Hide: - hideEvent((QHideEvent*) event); - break; - - case QEvent::ShowWindowRequest: - if (!isHidden()) - d->show_sys(); - break; - - case QEvent::ApplicationFontChange: - d->resolveFont(); - break; - case QEvent::ApplicationPaletteChange: - if (!(windowType() == Qt::Desktop)) - d->resolvePalette(); - break; - - case QEvent::ToolBarChange: - case QEvent::ActivationChange: - case QEvent::EnabledChange: - case QEvent::FontChange: - case QEvent::StyleChange: - case QEvent::PaletteChange: - case QEvent::WindowTitleChange: - case QEvent::IconTextChange: - case QEvent::ModifiedChange: - case QEvent::MouseTrackingChange: - case QEvent::ParentChange: - case QEvent::WindowStateChange: - case QEvent::LocaleChange: - case QEvent::MacSizeChange: - case QEvent::ContentsRectChange: - changeEvent(event); - break; - - case QEvent::WindowActivate: - case QEvent::WindowDeactivate: { -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - windowActivationChange(event->type() != QEvent::WindowActivate); -#endif - if (isVisible() && !palette().isEqual(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Inactive)) - update(); - QList<QObject*> childList = d->children; - for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(childList.at(i)); - if (w && w->isVisible() && !w->isWindow()) - QApplication::sendEvent(w, event); - } - -#ifdef QT_SOFTKEYS_ENABLED - if (isWindow()) - QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys(); -#endif - - break; } - - case QEvent::LanguageChange: -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - languageChange(); -#endif - changeEvent(event); - { - QList<QObject*> childList = d->children; - for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { - QObject *o = childList.at(i); - if (o) - QApplication::sendEvent(o, event); - } - } - update(); - break; - - case QEvent::ApplicationLayoutDirectionChange: - d->resolveLayoutDirection(); - break; - - case QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange: - if (d->layout) - d->layout->invalidate(); - update(); - changeEvent(event); - break; - case QEvent::UpdateRequest: - d->syncBackingStore(); - break; - case QEvent::UpdateLater: - update(static_cast<QUpdateLaterEvent*>(event)->region()); - break; - - case QEvent::WindowBlocked: - case QEvent::WindowUnblocked: - { - QList<QObject*> childList = d->children; - for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { - QObject *o = childList.at(i); - if (o && o != QApplication::activeModalWidget()) { - if (qobject_cast<QWidget *>(o) && static_cast<QWidget *>(o)->isWindow()) { - // do not forward the event to child windows, - // QApplication does this for us - continue; - } - QApplication::sendEvent(o, event); - } - } -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) - setDisabledStyle(this, (event->type() == QEvent::WindowBlocked)); -#endif - } - break; -#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP - case QEvent::ToolTip: - if (!d->toolTip.isEmpty()) - QToolTip::showText(static_cast<QHelpEvent*>(event)->globalPos(), d->toolTip, this); - else - event->ignore(); - break; -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS - case QEvent::WhatsThis: - if (d->whatsThis.size()) - QWhatsThis::showText(static_cast<QHelpEvent *>(event)->globalPos(), d->whatsThis, this); - else - event->ignore(); - break; - case QEvent::QueryWhatsThis: - if (d->whatsThis.isEmpty()) - event->ignore(); - break; -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY - case QEvent::AccessibilityDescription: - case QEvent::AccessibilityHelp: { - QAccessibleEvent *ev = static_cast<QAccessibleEvent *>(event); - if (ev->child()) - return false; - switch (ev->type()) { -#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP - case QEvent::AccessibilityDescription: - ev->setValue(d->toolTip); - break; -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS - case QEvent::AccessibilityHelp: - ev->setValue(d->whatsThis); - break; -#endif - default: - return false; - } - break; } -#endif - case QEvent::EmbeddingControl: - d->topData()->frameStrut.setCoords(0 ,0, 0, 0); - data->fstrut_dirty = false; -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) - d->topData()->embedded = 1; -#endif - break; -#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION - case QEvent::ActionAdded: - case QEvent::ActionRemoved: - case QEvent::ActionChanged: -#ifdef QT_SOFTKEYS_ENABLED - QSoftKeyManager::updateSoftKeys(); -#endif - actionEvent((QActionEvent*)event); - break; -#endif - - case QEvent::KeyboardLayoutChange: - { - changeEvent(event); - - // inform children of the change - QList<QObject*> childList = d->children; - for (int i = 0; i < childList.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(childList.at(i)); - if (w && w->isVisible() && !w->isWindow()) - QApplication::sendEvent(w, event); - } - break; - } -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - case QEvent::MacGLWindowChange: - d->needWindowChange = false; - break; -#endif - case QEvent::TouchBegin: - case QEvent::TouchUpdate: - case QEvent::TouchEnd: - { -#ifndef Q_WS_MAC - QTouchEvent *touchEvent = static_cast<QTouchEvent *>(event); - const QTouchEvent::TouchPoint &touchPoint = touchEvent->touchPoints().first(); - if (touchPoint.isPrimary() || touchEvent->deviceType() == QTouchEvent::TouchPad) - break; - - // fake a mouse event! - QEvent::Type eventType = QEvent::None; - switch (touchEvent->type()) { - case QEvent::TouchBegin: - eventType = QEvent::MouseButtonPress; - break; - case QEvent::TouchUpdate: - eventType = QEvent::MouseMove; - break; - case QEvent::TouchEnd: - eventType = QEvent::MouseButtonRelease; - break; - default: - Q_ASSERT(!true); - break; - } - if (eventType == QEvent::None) - break; - - QMouseEvent mouseEvent(eventType, - touchPoint.pos().toPoint(), - touchPoint.screenPos().toPoint(), - Qt::LeftButton, - Qt::LeftButton, - touchEvent->modifiers()); - (void) QApplication::sendEvent(this, &mouseEvent); -#endif // Q_WS_MAC - break; - } -#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES - case QEvent::Gesture: - event->ignore(); - break; -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_PROPERTIES - case QEvent::DynamicPropertyChange: { - const QByteArray &propName = static_cast<QDynamicPropertyChangeEvent *>(event)->propertyName(); - if (!qstrncmp(propName, "_q_customDpi", 12) && propName.length() == 13) { - uint value = property(propName.constData()).toUInt(); - if (!d->extra) - d->createExtra(); - const char axis = propName.at(12); - if (axis == 'X') - d->extra->customDpiX = value; - else if (axis == 'Y') - d->extra->customDpiY = value; - d->updateFont(d->data.fnt); - } - // fall through - } -#endif - default: - return QObject::event(event); - } - return true; -} - -/*! - This event handler can be reimplemented to handle state changes. - - The state being changed in this event can be retrieved through the \a event - supplied. - - Change events include: QEvent::ToolBarChange, - QEvent::ActivationChange, QEvent::EnabledChange, QEvent::FontChange, - QEvent::StyleChange, QEvent::PaletteChange, - QEvent::WindowTitleChange, QEvent::IconTextChange, - QEvent::ModifiedChange, QEvent::MouseTrackingChange, - QEvent::ParentChange, QEvent::WindowStateChange, - QEvent::LanguageChange, QEvent::LocaleChange, - QEvent::LayoutDirectionChange. - -*/ -void QWidget::changeEvent(QEvent * event) -{ - switch(event->type()) { - case QEvent::EnabledChange: - update(); -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY - QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::StateChanged); -#endif - break; - - case QEvent::FontChange: - case QEvent::StyleChange: { - Q_D(QWidget); - update(); - updateGeometry(); - if (d->layout) - d->layout->invalidate(); -#ifdef Q_WS_QWS - if (isWindow()) - d->data.fstrut_dirty = true; -#endif - break; - } - - case QEvent::PaletteChange: - update(); - break; - -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - case QEvent::MacSizeChange: - updateGeometry(); - break; - case QEvent::ToolTipChange: - case QEvent::MouseTrackingChange: - qt_mac_update_mouseTracking(this); - break; -#endif - - default: - break; - } -} - -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive mouse move events for the widget. - - If mouse tracking is switched off, mouse move events only occur if - a mouse button is pressed while the mouse is being moved. If mouse - tracking is switched on, mouse move events occur even if no mouse - button is pressed. - - QMouseEvent::pos() reports the position of the mouse cursor, - relative to this widget. For press and release events, the - position is usually the same as the position of the last mouse - move event, but it might be different if the user's hand shakes. - This is a feature of the underlying window system, not Qt. - - If you want to show a tooltip immediately, while the mouse is - moving (e.g., to get the mouse coordinates with QMouseEvent::pos() - and show them as a tooltip), you must first enable mouse tracking - as described above. Then, to ensure that the tooltip is updated - immediately, you must call QToolTip::showText() instead of - setToolTip() in your implementation of mouseMoveEvent(). - - \sa setMouseTracking(), mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent(), - mouseDoubleClickEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example} -*/ - -void QWidget::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *event) -{ - event->ignore(); -} - -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive mouse press events for the widget. - - If you create new widgets in the mousePressEvent() the - mouseReleaseEvent() may not end up where you expect, depending on - the underlying window system (or X11 window manager), the widgets' - location and maybe more. - - The default implementation implements the closing of popup widgets - when you click outside the window. For other widget types it does - nothing. - - \sa mouseReleaseEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(), - mouseMoveEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example} -*/ - -void QWidget::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent *event) -{ - event->ignore(); - if ((windowType() == Qt::Popup)) { - event->accept(); - QWidget* w; - while ((w = QApplication::activePopupWidget()) && w != this){ - w->close(); - if (QApplication::activePopupWidget() == w) // widget does not want to disappear - w->hide(); // hide at least - } - if (!rect().contains(event->pos())){ - close(); - } - } -} - -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive mouse release events for the widget. - - \sa mousePressEvent(), mouseDoubleClickEvent(), - mouseMoveEvent(), event(), QMouseEvent, {Scribble Example} -*/ - -void QWidget::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent *event) -{ - event->ignore(); -} - -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive mouse double click events for the widget. - - The default implementation generates a normal mouse press event. - - \note The widget will also receive mouse press and mouse release - events in addition to the double click event. It is up to the - developer to ensure that the application interprets these events - correctly. - - \sa mousePressEvent(), mouseReleaseEvent() mouseMoveEvent(), - event(), QMouseEvent -*/ - -void QWidget::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent *event) -{ - mousePressEvent(event); // try mouse press event -} - -#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive wheel events for the widget. - - If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you - \link QWheelEvent ignore()\endlink the event if you do not handle - it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it. - - The default implementation ignores the event. - - \sa QWheelEvent::ignore(), QWheelEvent::accept(), event(), - QWheelEvent -*/ - -void QWidget::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *event) -{ - event->ignore(); -} -#endif // QT_NO_WHEELEVENT - -#ifndef QT_NO_TABLETEVENT -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive tablet events for the widget. - - If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you - \link QTabletEvent ignore()\endlink the event if you do not handle - it, so that the widget's parent can interpret it. - - The default implementation ignores the event. - - \sa QTabletEvent::ignore(), QTabletEvent::accept(), event(), - QTabletEvent -*/ - -void QWidget::tabletEvent(QTabletEvent *event) -{ - event->ignore(); -} -#endif // QT_NO_TABLETEVENT - -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive key press events for the widget. - - A widget must call setFocusPolicy() to accept focus initially and - have focus in order to receive a key press event. - - If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you - call the base class implementation if you do not act upon the key. - - The default implementation closes popup widgets if the user - presses Esc. Otherwise the event is ignored, so that the widget's - parent can interpret it. - - Note that QKeyEvent starts with isAccepted() == true, so you do not - need to call QKeyEvent::accept() - just do not call the base class - implementation if you act upon the key. - - \sa keyReleaseEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), - focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent, {Tetrix Example} -*/ - -void QWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) -{ - if ((windowType() == Qt::Popup) && event->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) { - event->accept(); - close(); - } else { - event->ignore(); - } -} - -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive key release events for the widget. - - A widget must \link setFocusPolicy() accept focus\endlink - initially and \link hasFocus() have focus\endlink in order to - receive a key release event. - - If you reimplement this handler, it is very important that you - call the base class implementation if you do not act upon the key. - - The default implementation ignores the event, so that the widget's - parent can interpret it. - - Note that QKeyEvent starts with isAccepted() == true, so you do not - need to call QKeyEvent::accept() - just do not call the base class - implementation if you act upon the key. - - \sa keyPressEvent(), QKeyEvent::ignore(), setFocusPolicy(), - focusInEvent(), focusOutEvent(), event(), QKeyEvent -*/ - -void QWidget::keyReleaseEvent(QKeyEvent *event) -{ - event->ignore(); -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event) - - This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - keyboard focus events (focus received) for the widget. The event - is passed in the \a event parameter - - A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than - Qt::NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the - application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even - those that do not normally accept focus.) - - The default implementation updates the widget (except for windows - that do not specify a focusPolicy()). - - \sa focusOutEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(), - keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent -*/ - -void QWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *) -{ - if (focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus || !isWindow()) { - update(); - } -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *event) - - This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - keyboard focus events (focus lost) for the widget. The events is - passed in the \a event parameter. - - A widget normally must setFocusPolicy() to something other than - Qt::NoFocus in order to receive focus events. (Note that the - application programmer can call setFocus() on any widget, even - those that do not normally accept focus.) - - The default implementation updates the widget (except for windows - that do not specify a focusPolicy()). - - \sa focusInEvent(), setFocusPolicy(), keyPressEvent(), - keyReleaseEvent(), event(), QFocusEvent -*/ - -void QWidget::focusOutEvent(QFocusEvent *) -{ - if (focusPolicy() != Qt::NoFocus || !isWindow()) - update(); -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::enterEvent(QEvent *event) - - This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - widget enter events which are passed in the \a event parameter. - - An event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor enters the - widget. - - \sa leaveEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event() -*/ - -void QWidget::enterEvent(QEvent *) -{ -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::leaveEvent(QEvent *event) - - This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - widget leave events which are passed in the \a event parameter. - - A leave event is sent to the widget when the mouse cursor leaves - the widget. - - \sa enterEvent(), mouseMoveEvent(), event() -*/ - -void QWidget::leaveEvent(QEvent *) -{ -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *event) - - This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive paint - events passed in \a event. - - A paint event is a request to repaint all or part of a widget. It can - happen for one of the following reasons: - - \list - \o repaint() or update() was invoked, - \o the widget was obscured and has now been uncovered, or - \o many other reasons. - \endlist - - Many widgets can simply repaint their entire surface when asked to, but - some slow widgets need to optimize by painting only the requested region: - QPaintEvent::region(). This speed optimization does not change the result, - as painting is clipped to that region during event processing. QListView - and QTableView do this, for example. - - Qt also tries to speed up painting by merging multiple paint events into - one. When update() is called several times or the window system sends - several paint events, Qt merges these events into one event with a larger - region (see QRegion::united()). The repaint() function does not permit this - optimization, so we suggest using update() whenever possible. - - When the paint event occurs, the update region has normally been erased, so - you are painting on the widget's background. - - The background can be set using setBackgroundRole() and setPalette(). - - Since Qt 4.0, QWidget automatically double-buffers its painting, so there - is no need to write double-buffering code in paintEvent() to avoid flicker. - - \bold{Note for the X11 platform}: It is possible to toggle global double - buffering by calling \c qt_x11_set_global_double_buffer(). For example, - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qwidget.cpp 14 - - \note Generally, you should refrain from calling update() or repaint() - \bold{inside} a paintEvent(). For example, calling update() or repaint() on - children inside a paintevent() results in undefined behavior; the child may - or may not get a paint event. - - \warning If you are using a custom paint engine without Qt's backingstore, - Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen must be set. Otherwise, QWidget::paintEngine() will - never be called; the backingstore will be used instead. - - \sa event(), repaint(), update(), QPainter, QPixmap, QPaintEvent, - {Analog Clock Example} -*/ - -void QWidget::paintEvent(QPaintEvent *) -{ -} - - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::moveEvent(QMoveEvent *event) - - This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - widget move events which are passed in the \a event parameter. - When the widget receives this event, it is already at the new - position. - - The old position is accessible through QMoveEvent::oldPos(). - - \sa resizeEvent(), event(), move(), QMoveEvent -*/ - -void QWidget::moveEvent(QMoveEvent *) -{ -} - - -/*! - This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - widget resize events which are passed in the \a event parameter. - When resizeEvent() is called, the widget already has its new - geometry. The old size is accessible through - QResizeEvent::oldSize(). - - The widget will be erased and receive a paint event immediately - after processing the resize event. No drawing need be (or should - be) done inside this handler. - - - \sa moveEvent(), event(), resize(), QResizeEvent, paintEvent(), - {Scribble Example} -*/ - -void QWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent * /* event */) -{ -} - -#ifndef QT_NO_ACTION -/*! - \fn void QWidget::actionEvent(QActionEvent *event) - - This event handler is called with the given \a event whenever the - widget's actions are changed. - - \sa addAction(), insertAction(), removeAction(), actions(), QActionEvent -*/ -void QWidget::actionEvent(QActionEvent *) -{ - -} -#endif - -/*! - This event handler is called with the given \a event when Qt receives a window - close request for a top-level widget from the window system. - - By default, the event is accepted and the widget is closed. You can reimplement - this function to change the way the widget responds to window close requests. - For example, you can prevent the window from closing by calling \l{QEvent::}{ignore()} - on all events. - - Main window applications typically use reimplementations of this function to check - whether the user's work has been saved and ask for permission before closing. - For example, the \l{Application Example} uses a helper function to determine whether - or not to close the window: - - \snippet mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 3 - \snippet mainwindows/application/mainwindow.cpp 4 - - \sa event(), hide(), close(), QCloseEvent, {Application Example} -*/ - -void QWidget::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *event) -{ - event->accept(); -} - -#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive widget context menu events. - - The handler is called when the widget's \l contextMenuPolicy is - Qt::DefaultContextMenu. - - The default implementation ignores the context event. - See the \l QContextMenuEvent documentation for more details. - - \sa event(), QContextMenuEvent customContextMenuRequested() -*/ - -void QWidget::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event) -{ - event->ignore(); -} -#endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU - - -/*! - This event handler, for event \a event, can be reimplemented in a - subclass to receive Input Method composition events. This handler - is called when the state of the input method changes. - - Note that when creating custom text editing widgets, the - Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled window attribute must be set explicitly - (using the setAttribute() function) in order to receive input - method events. - - The default implementation calls event->ignore(), which rejects the - Input Method event. See the \l QInputMethodEvent documentation for more - details. - - \sa event(), QInputMethodEvent -*/ -void QWidget::inputMethodEvent(QInputMethodEvent *event) -{ - event->ignore(); -} - -/*! - This method is only relevant for input widgets. It is used by the - input method to query a set of properties of the widget to be - able to support complex input method operations as support for - surrounding text and reconversions. - - \a query specifies which property is queried. - - \sa inputMethodEvent(), QInputMethodEvent, QInputContext, inputMethodHints -*/ -QVariant QWidget::inputMethodQuery(Qt::InputMethodQuery query) const -{ - switch(query) { - case Qt::ImMicroFocus: - return QRect(width()/2, 0, 1, height()); - case Qt::ImFont: - return font(); - case Qt::ImAnchorPosition: - // Fallback. - return inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImCursorPosition); - default: - return QVariant(); - } -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::inputMethodHints - \brief What input method specific hints the widget has. - - This is only relevant for input widgets. It is used by - the input method to retrieve hints as to how the input method - should operate. For example, if the Qt::ImhFormattedNumbersOnly flag - is set, the input method may change its visual components to reflect - that only numbers can be entered. - - \note The flags are only hints, so the particular input method - implementation is free to ignore them. If you want to be - sure that a certain type of characters are entered, - you should also set a QValidator on the widget. - - The default value is Qt::ImhNone. - - \since 4.6 - - \sa inputMethodQuery(), QInputContext -*/ -Qt::InputMethodHints QWidget::inputMethodHints() const -{ -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - const QWidgetPrivate *priv = d_func(); - while (priv->inheritsInputMethodHints) { - priv = priv->q_func()->parentWidget()->d_func(); - Q_ASSERT(priv); - } - return priv->imHints; -#else //QT_NO_IM - return 0; -#endif //QT_NO_IM -} - -void QWidget::setInputMethodHints(Qt::InputMethodHints hints) -{ -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - Q_D(QWidget); - d->imHints = hints; - // Optimization to update input context only it has already been created. - if (d->ic || qApp->d_func()->inputContext) { - QInputContext *ic = inputContext(); - if (ic) - ic->update(); - } -#endif //QT_NO_IM -} - - -#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *event) - - This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the - mouse enters this widget. The event is passed in the \a event parameter. - - If the event is ignored, the widget won't receive any \l{dragMoveEvent()}{drag - move events}. - - See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an - overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. - - \sa QDrag, QDragEnterEvent -*/ -void QWidget::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent *) -{ -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *event) - - This event handler is called if a drag is in progress, and when - any of the following conditions occur: the cursor enters this widget, - the cursor moves within this widget, or a modifier key is pressed on - the keyboard while this widget has the focus. The event is passed - in the \a event parameter. - - See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an - overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. - - \sa QDrag, QDragMoveEvent -*/ -void QWidget::dragMoveEvent(QDragMoveEvent *) -{ -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *event) - - This event handler is called when a drag is in progress and the - mouse leaves this widget. The event is passed in the \a event - parameter. - - See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an - overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. - - \sa QDrag, QDragLeaveEvent -*/ -void QWidget::dragLeaveEvent(QDragLeaveEvent *) -{ -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent *event) - - This event handler is called when the drag is dropped on this - widget. The event is passed in the \a event parameter. - - See the \link dnd.html Drag-and-drop documentation\endlink for an - overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application. - - \sa QDrag, QDropEvent -*/ -void QWidget::dropEvent(QDropEvent *) -{ -} - -#endif // QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent *event) - - This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - widget show events which are passed in the \a event parameter. - - Non-spontaneous show events are sent to widgets immediately - before they are shown. The spontaneous show events of windows are - delivered afterwards. - - Note: A widget receives spontaneous show and hide events when its - mapping status is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous - hide event when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous - show event when the window is restored again. After receiving a - spontaneous hide event, a widget is still considered visible in - the sense of isVisible(). - - \sa visible, event(), QShowEvent -*/ -void QWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent *) -{ -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent *event) - - This event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - widget hide events. The event is passed in the \a event parameter. - - Hide events are sent to widgets immediately after they have been - hidden. - - Note: A widget receives spontaneous show and hide events when its - mapping status is changed by the window system, e.g. a spontaneous - hide event when the user minimizes the window, and a spontaneous - show event when the window is restored again. After receiving a - spontaneous hide event, a widget is still considered visible in - the sense of isVisible(). - - \sa visible, event(), QHideEvent -*/ -void QWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent *) -{ -} - -/* - \fn QWidget::x11Event(MSG *) - - This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - native X11 events. - - In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop Qt from - handling the event, return true. If you return false, this native event - is passed back to Qt, which translates it into a Qt event and sends it to - the widget. - - \note Events are only delivered to this event handler if the widget is - native. - - \warning This function is not portable. - - \sa QApplication::x11EventFilter(), QWidget::winId() -*/ - - -#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::macEvent(EventHandlerCallRef caller, EventRef event) - - This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to - receive native Macintosh events. - - The parameters are a bit different depending if Qt is build against Carbon - or Cocoa. In Carbon, \a caller and \a event are the corresponding - EventHandlerCallRef and EventRef that correspond to the Carbon event - handlers that are installed. In Cocoa, \a caller is always 0 and the - EventRef is the EventRef generated from the NSEvent. - - In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the - event being handled by Qt, return true. If you return false, this - native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into - a Qt event and sends it to the widget. - - \warning This function is not portable. - - \warning This function was not called inside of Qt until Qt 4.4. - If you need compatibility with earlier versions of Qt, consider QApplication::macEventFilter() instead. - - \sa QApplication::macEventFilter() -*/ - -bool QWidget::macEvent(EventHandlerCallRef, EventRef) -{ - return false; -} - -#endif -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) - -/*! - This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to - receive native Windows events which are passed in the \a message - parameter. - - In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the - event being handled by Qt, return true and set \a result to the value - that the window procedure should return. If you return false, this - native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into - a Qt event and sends it to the widget. - - \warning This function is not portable. - - \sa QApplication::winEventFilter() -*/ -bool QWidget::winEvent(MSG *message, long *result) -{ - Q_UNUSED(message); - Q_UNUSED(result); - return false; -} - -#endif -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::x11Event(XEvent *event) - - This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to receive - native X11 events passed in the \a event parameter. - - In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop Qt from - handling the event, return true. If you return false, this native event - is passed back to Qt, which translates it into a Qt event and sends it to - the widget. - - \note Events are only delivered to this event handler if the widget is - native. - - \warning This function is not portable. - - \sa QApplication::x11EventFilter(), QWidget::winId() -*/ -bool QWidget::x11Event(XEvent *) -{ - return false; -} - -#endif -#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::qwsEvent(QWSEvent *event) - - This special event handler can be reimplemented in a subclass to - receive native Qt for Embedded Linux events which are passed in the - \a event parameter. - - In your reimplementation of this function, if you want to stop the - event being handled by Qt, return true. If you return false, this - native event is passed back to Qt, which translates the event into - a Qt event and sends it to the widget. - - \warning This function is not portable. - - \sa QApplication::qwsEventFilter() -*/ -bool QWidget::qwsEvent(QWSEvent *) -{ - return false; -} - -#endif - - -/*! - Ensures that the widget has been polished by QStyle (i.e., has a - proper font and palette). - - QWidget calls this function after it has been fully constructed - but before it is shown the very first time. You can call this - function if you want to ensure that the widget is polished before - doing an operation, e.g., the correct font size might be needed in - the widget's sizeHint() reimplementation. Note that this function - \e is called from the default implementation of sizeHint(). - - Polishing is useful for final initialization that must happen after - all constructors (from base classes as well as from subclasses) - have been called. - - If you need to change some settings when a widget is polished, - reimplement event() and handle the QEvent::Polish event type. - - \bold{Note:} The function is declared const so that it can be called from - other const functions (e.g., sizeHint()). - - \sa event() -*/ -void QWidget::ensurePolished() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - - const QMetaObject *m = metaObject(); - if (m == d->polished) - return; - d->polished = m; - - QEvent e(QEvent::Polish); - QCoreApplication::sendEvent(const_cast<QWidget *>(this), &e); - - // polish children after 'this' - QList<QObject*> children = d->children; - for (int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) { - QObject *o = children.at(i); - if(!o->isWidgetType()) - continue; - if (QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(o)) - w->ensurePolished(); - } - - if (d->parent && d->sendChildEvents) { - QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildPolished, const_cast<QWidget *>(this)); - QCoreApplication::sendEvent(d->parent, &e); - } -} - -/*! - Returns the mask currently set on a widget. If no mask is set the - return value will be an empty region. - - \sa setMask(), clearMask(), QRegion::isEmpty(), {Shaped Clock Example} -*/ -QRegion QWidget::mask() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->extra ? d->extra->mask : QRegion(); -} - -/*! - Returns the layout manager that is installed on this widget, or 0 - if no layout manager is installed. - - The layout manager sets the geometry of the widget's children - that have been added to the layout. - - \sa setLayout(), sizePolicy(), {Layout Management} -*/ -QLayout *QWidget::layout() const -{ - return d_func()->layout; -} - - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setLayout(QLayout *layout) - - Sets the layout manager for this widget to \a layout. - - If there already is a layout manager installed on this widget, - QWidget won't let you install another. You must first delete the - existing layout manager (returned by layout()) before you can - call setLayout() with the new layout. - - If \a layout is the layout manger on a different widget, setLayout() - will reparent the layout and make it the layout manager for this widget. - - Example: - - \snippet examples/uitools/textfinder/textfinder.cpp 3b - - An alternative to calling this function is to pass this widget to - the layout's constructor. - - The QWidget will take ownership of \a layout. - - \sa layout(), {Layout Management} -*/ - -void QWidget::setLayout(QLayout *l) -{ - if (!l) { - qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Cannot set layout to 0"); - return; - } - if (layout()) { - if (layout() != l) - qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Attempting to set QLayout \"%s\" on %s \"%s\", which already has a" - " layout", l->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), metaObject()->className(), - objectName().toLocal8Bit().data()); - return; - } - - QObject *oldParent = l->parent(); - if (oldParent && oldParent != this) { - if (oldParent->isWidgetType()) { - // Steal the layout off a widget parent. Takes effect when - // morphing laid-out container widgets in Designer. - QWidget *oldParentWidget = static_cast<QWidget *>(oldParent); - oldParentWidget->takeLayout(); - } else { - qWarning("QWidget::setLayout: Attempting to set QLayout \"%s\" on %s \"%s\", when the QLayout already has a parent", - l->objectName().toLocal8Bit().data(), metaObject()->className(), - objectName().toLocal8Bit().data()); - return; - } - } - - Q_D(QWidget); - l->d_func()->topLevel = true; - d->layout = l; - if (oldParent != this) { - l->setParent(this); - l->d_func()->reparentChildWidgets(this); - l->invalidate(); - } - - if (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData()) - d->topData()->sizeAdjusted = false; -} - -/*! - \fn QLayout *QWidget::takeLayout() - - Remove the layout from the widget. - \since 4.5 -*/ - -QLayout *QWidget::takeLayout() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - QLayout *l = layout(); - if (!l) - return 0; - d->layout = 0; - l->setParent(0); - return l; -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::sizePolicy - \brief the default layout behavior of the widget - - If there is a QLayout that manages this widget's children, the - size policy specified by that layout is used. If there is no such - QLayout, the result of this function is used. - - The default policy is Preferred/Preferred, which means that the - widget can be freely resized, but prefers to be the size - sizeHint() returns. Button-like widgets set the size policy to - specify that they may stretch horizontally, but are fixed - vertically. The same applies to lineedit controls (such as - QLineEdit, QSpinBox or an editable QComboBox) and other - horizontally orientated widgets (such as QProgressBar). - QToolButton's are normally square, so they allow growth in both - directions. Widgets that support different directions (such as - QSlider, QScrollBar or QHeader) specify stretching in the - respective direction only. Widgets that can provide scroll bars - (usually subclasses of QScrollArea) tend to specify that they can - use additional space, and that they can make do with less than - sizeHint(). - - \sa sizeHint() QLayout QSizePolicy updateGeometry() -*/ -QSizePolicy QWidget::sizePolicy() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->size_policy; -} - -void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy policy) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_OwnSizePolicy); - if (policy == d->size_policy) - return; - d->size_policy = policy; - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (QWExtra *extra = d->extra) { - if (extra->proxyWidget) - extra->proxyWidget->setSizePolicy(policy); - } -#endif - - updateGeometry(); - - if (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData()) - d->topData()->sizeAdjusted = false; -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Policy horizontal, QSizePolicy::Policy vertical) - \overload - - Sets the size policy of the widget to \a horizontal and \a - vertical, with standard stretch and no height-for-width. - - \sa QSizePolicy::QSizePolicy() -*/ - -/*! - Returns the preferred height for this widget, given the width \a w. - - If this widget has a layout, the default implementation returns - the layout's preferred height. if there is no layout, the default - implementation returns -1 indicating that the preferred height - does not depend on the width. -*/ - -int QWidget::heightForWidth(int w) const -{ - if (layout() && layout()->hasHeightForWidth()) - return layout()->totalHeightForWidth(w); - return -1; -} - - -/*! - \internal - - *virtual private* - - This is a bit hackish, but ideally we would have created a virtual function - in the public API (however, too late...) so that subclasses could reimplement - their own function. - Instead we add a virtual function to QWidgetPrivate. - ### Qt5: move to public class and make virtual -*/ -bool QWidgetPrivate::hasHeightForWidth() const -{ - return layout ? layout->hasHeightForWidth() : size_policy.hasHeightForWidth(); -} - -/*! - \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(int x, int y) const - - Returns the visible child widget at the position (\a{x}, \a{y}) - in the widget's coordinate system. If there is no visible child - widget at the specified position, the function returns 0. -*/ - -/*! - \overload - - Returns the visible child widget at point \a p in the widget's own - coordinate system. -*/ - -QWidget *QWidget::childAt(const QPoint &p) const -{ - return d_func()->childAt_helper(p, false); -} - -QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::childAt_helper(const QPoint &p, bool ignoreChildrenInDestructor) const -{ - if (children.isEmpty()) - return 0; - -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - Q_Q(const QWidget); - // Unified tool bars on the Mac require special handling since they live outside - // QMainWindow's geometry(). See commit: 35667fd45ada49269a5987c235fdedfc43e92bb8 - bool includeFrame = q->isWindow() && qobject_cast<const QMainWindow *>(q) - && static_cast<const QMainWindow *>(q)->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac(); - if (includeFrame) - return childAtRecursiveHelper(p, ignoreChildrenInDestructor, includeFrame); -#endif - - if (!pointInsideRectAndMask(p)) - return 0; - return childAtRecursiveHelper(p, ignoreChildrenInDestructor); -} - -QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::childAtRecursiveHelper(const QPoint &p, bool ignoreChildrenInDestructor, bool includeFrame) const -{ -#ifndef Q_WS_MAC - Q_UNUSED(includeFrame); -#endif - for (int i = children.size() - 1; i >= 0; --i) { - QWidget *child = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(children.at(i)); - if (!child || child->isWindow() || child->isHidden() || child->testAttribute(Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents) - || (ignoreChildrenInDestructor && child->data->in_destructor)) { - continue; - } - - // Map the point 'p' from parent coordinates to child coordinates. - QPoint childPoint = p; -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - // 'includeFrame' is true if the child's parent is a top-level QMainWindow with an unified tool bar. - // An unified tool bar on the Mac lives outside QMainWindow's geometry(), so a normal - // QWidget::mapFromParent won't do the trick. - if (includeFrame && qobject_cast<QToolBar *>(child)) - childPoint = qt_mac_nativeMapFromParent(child, p); - else -#endif - childPoint -= child->data->crect.topLeft(); - - // Check if the point hits the child. - if (!child->d_func()->pointInsideRectAndMask(childPoint)) - continue; - - // Do the same for the child's descendants. - if (QWidget *w = child->d_func()->childAtRecursiveHelper(childPoint, ignoreChildrenInDestructor)) - return w; - - // We have found our target; namely the child at position 'p'. - return child; - } - return 0; -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::updateGeometry_helper(bool forceUpdate) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - if (widgetItem) - widgetItem->invalidateSizeCache(); - QWidget *parent; - if (forceUpdate || !extra || extra->minw != extra->maxw || extra->minh != extra->maxh) { - if (!q->isWindow() && !q->isHidden() && (parent = q->parentWidget())) { - if (parent->d_func()->layout) - parent->d_func()->layout->invalidate(); - else if (parent->isVisible()) - QApplication::postEvent(parent, new QEvent(QEvent::LayoutRequest)); - } - } -} - -/*! - Notifies the layout system that this widget has changed and may - need to change geometry. - - Call this function if the sizeHint() or sizePolicy() have changed. - - For explicitly hidden widgets, updateGeometry() is a no-op. The - layout system will be notified as soon as the widget is shown. -*/ - -void QWidget::updateGeometry() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->updateGeometry_helper(false); -} - -/*! \property QWidget::windowFlags - - Window flags are a combination of a type (e.g. Qt::Dialog) and - zero or more hints to the window system (e.g. - Qt::FramelessWindowHint). - - If the widget had type Qt::Widget or Qt::SubWindow and becomes a - window (Qt::Window, Qt::Dialog, etc.), it is put at position (0, - 0) on the desktop. If the widget is a window and becomes a - Qt::Widget or Qt::SubWindow, it is put at position (0, 0) - relative to its parent widget. - - \note This function calls setParent() when changing the flags for - a window, causing the widget to be hidden. You must call show() to make - the widget visible again.. - - \sa windowType(), {Window Flags Example} -*/ -void QWidget::setWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags) -{ - if (data->window_flags == flags) - return; - - Q_D(QWidget); - - if ((data->window_flags | flags) & Qt::Window) { - // the old type was a window and/or the new type is a window - QPoint oldPos = pos(); - bool visible = isVisible(); - setParent(parentWidget(), flags); - - // if both types are windows or neither of them are, we restore - // the old position - if (!((data->window_flags ^ flags) & Qt::Window) - && (visible || testAttribute(Qt::WA_Moved))) { - move(oldPos); - } - // for backward-compatibility we change Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute value only when the window was recreated. - d->adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute(); - } else { - data->window_flags = flags; - } -} - -/*! - Sets the window flags for the widget to \a flags, - \e without telling the window system. - - \warning Do not call this function unless you really know what - you're doing. - - \sa setWindowFlags() -*/ -void QWidget::overrideWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags) -{ - data->window_flags = flags; -} - -/*! - \fn Qt::WindowType QWidget::windowType() const - - Returns the window type of this widget. This is identical to - windowFlags() & Qt::WindowType_Mask. - - \sa windowFlags -*/ - -/*! - Sets the parent of the widget to \a parent, and resets the window - flags. The widget is moved to position (0, 0) in its new parent. - - If the new parent widget is in a different window, the - reparented widget and its children are appended to the end of the - \l{setFocusPolicy()}{tab chain} of the new parent - widget, in the same internal order as before. If one of the moved - widgets had keyboard focus, setParent() calls clearFocus() for that - widget. - - If the new parent widget is in the same window as the - old parent, setting the parent doesn't change the tab order or - keyboard focus. - - If the "new" parent widget is the old parent widget, this function - does nothing. - - \note The widget becomes invisible as part of changing its parent, - even if it was previously visible. You must call show() to make the - widget visible again. - - \warning It is very unlikely that you will ever need this - function. If you have a widget that changes its content - dynamically, it is far easier to use \l QStackedWidget. - - \sa setWindowFlags() -*/ -void QWidget::setParent(QWidget *parent) -{ - if (parent == parentWidget()) - return; - setParent((QWidget*)parent, windowFlags() & ~Qt::WindowType_Mask); -} - -/*! - \overload - - This function also takes widget flags, \a f as an argument. -*/ - -void QWidget::setParent(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->inSetParent = true; - bool resized = testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized); - bool wasCreated = testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created); - QWidget *oldtlw = window(); - - QWidget *desktopWidget = 0; - if (parent && parent->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) - desktopWidget = parent; - bool newParent = (parent != parentWidget()) || !wasCreated || desktopWidget; - -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) - if (newParent && parent && !desktopWidget) { - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow) && !qApp->testAttribute(Qt::AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings) -#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA) - // On Mac, toolbars inside the unified title bar will never overlap with - // siblings in the content view. So we skip enforce native siblings in that case - && !d->isInUnifiedToolbar && parentWidget() && parentWidget()->isWindow() -#endif // Q_WS_MAC && QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - ) - parent->d_func()->enforceNativeChildren(); - else if (parent->d_func()->nativeChildrenForced() || parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen)) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); - } -#endif - - if (wasCreated) { - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden)) { - hide(); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide, false); - } - if (newParent) { - QEvent e(QEvent::ParentAboutToChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); - } - } - if (newParent && isAncestorOf(focusWidget())) - focusWidget()->clearFocus(); - - QTLWExtra *oldTopExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); - QWidgetBackingStoreTracker *oldBsTracker = oldTopExtra ? &oldTopExtra->backingStore : 0; - - d->setParent_sys(parent, f); - - QTLWExtra *topExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); - QWidgetBackingStoreTracker *bsTracker = topExtra ? &topExtra->backingStore : 0; - if (oldBsTracker && oldBsTracker != bsTracker) - oldBsTracker->unregisterWidgetSubtree(this); - - if (desktopWidget) - parent = 0; - -#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES - QTLWExtra *extra = d->maybeTopData(); - QWindowSurface *windowSurface = (extra ? extra->windowSurface : 0); - if (newParent && windowSurface) { - QWidgetBackingStore *oldBs = oldtlw->d_func()->maybeBackingStore(); - if (oldBs) - oldBs->subSurfaces.removeAll(windowSurface); - - if (parent) { - QWidgetBackingStore *newBs = parent->d_func()->maybeBackingStore(); - if (newBs) - newBs->subSurfaces.append(windowSurface); - } - } -#endif - - if (QWidgetBackingStore *oldBs = oldtlw->d_func()->maybeBackingStore()) { - if (newParent) - oldBs->removeDirtyWidget(this); - // Move the widget and all its static children from - // the old backing store to the new one. - oldBs->moveStaticWidgets(this); - } - - if ((QApplicationPrivate::app_compile_version < 0x040200 - || QApplicationPrivate::testAttribute(Qt::AA_ImmediateWidgetCreation)) - && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - create(); - - d->reparentFocusWidgets(oldtlw); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized, resized); - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet) - && (!parent || !parent->testAttribute(Qt::WA_StyleSheet))) { - d->resolveFont(); - d->resolvePalette(); - } - d->resolveLayoutDirection(); - d->resolveLocale(); - - // Note: GL widgets under WGL or EGL will always need a ParentChange - // event to handle recreation/rebinding of the GL context, hence the - // (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC) clause (which is set on QGLWidgets on all - // platforms). - if (newParent -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(QT_OPENGL_ES) - || (f & Qt::MSWindowsOwnDC) -#endif - ) { - // propagate enabled updates enabled state to non-windows - if (!isWindow()) { - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceDisabled)) - d->setEnabled_helper(parent ? parent->isEnabled() : true); - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_ForceUpdatesDisabled)) - d->setUpdatesEnabled_helper(parent ? parent->updatesEnabled() : true); - } - d->inheritStyle(); - - // send and post remaining QObject events - if (parent && d->sendChildEvents) { - QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildAdded, this); - QApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e); -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT - if (parent->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.isEmpty()) { - QApplication::postEvent(parent, - new QEvent(QEvent::ChildInsertedRequest), - Qt::HighEventPriority); - } - parent->d_func()->pendingChildInsertedEvents.append(this); -#endif - } - -//### already hidden above ---> must probably do something smart on the mac -// #ifdef Q_WS_MAC -// extern bool qt_mac_is_macdrawer(const QWidget *); //qwidget_mac.cpp -// if(!qt_mac_is_macdrawer(q)) //special case -// q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); -// #else -// q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden); -//#endif - - if (parent && d->sendChildEvents && d->polished) { - QChildEvent e(QEvent::ChildPolished, this); - QCoreApplication::sendEvent(parent, &e); - } - - QEvent e(QEvent::ParentChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); - } - - if (!wasCreated) { - if (isWindow() || parentWidget()->isVisible()) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, true); - else if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ExplicitShowHide)) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Hidden, false); - } - - d->updateIsOpaque(); - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - // Embed the widget into a proxy if the parent is embedded. - // ### Doesn't handle reparenting out of an embedded widget. - if (oldtlw->graphicsProxyWidget()) { - if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = d->nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(oldtlw)) - ancestorProxy->d_func()->unembedSubWindow(this); - } - if (isWindow() && parent && !graphicsProxyWidget() && !bypassGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) { - if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *ancestorProxy = d->nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(parent)) - ancestorProxy->d_func()->embedSubWindow(this); - } -#endif - - d->inSetParent = false; -} - -/*! - Scrolls the widget including its children \a dx pixels to the - right and \a dy downward. Both \a dx and \a dy may be negative. - - After scrolling, the widgets will receive paint events for - the areas that need to be repainted. For widgets that Qt knows to - be opaque, this is only the newly exposed parts. - For example, if an opaque widget is scrolled 8 pixels to the left, - only an 8-pixel wide stripe at the right edge needs updating. - - Since widgets propagate the contents of their parents by default, - you need to set the \l autoFillBackground property, or use - setAttribute() to set the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent attribute, to make - a widget opaque. - - For widgets that use contents propagation, a scroll will cause an - update of the entire scroll area. - - \sa {Transparency and Double Buffering} -*/ - -void QWidget::scroll(int dx, int dy) -{ - if ((!updatesEnabled() && children().size() == 0) || !isVisible()) - return; - if (dx == 0 && dy == 0) - return; - Q_D(QWidget); -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) { - // Graphics View maintains its own dirty region as a list of rects; - // until we can connect item updates directly to the view, we must - // separately add a translated dirty region. - if (!d->dirty.isEmpty()) { - foreach (const QRect &rect, (d->dirty.translated(dx, dy)).rects()) - proxy->update(rect); - } - proxy->scroll(dx, dy, proxy->subWidgetRect(this)); - return; - } -#endif - d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - d->scroll_sys(dx, dy); -} - -/*! - \overload - - This version only scrolls \a r and does not move the children of - the widget. - - If \a r is empty or invalid, the result is undefined. - - \sa QScrollArea -*/ -void QWidget::scroll(int dx, int dy, const QRect &r) -{ - - if ((!updatesEnabled() && children().size() == 0) || !isVisible()) - return; - if (dx == 0 && dy == 0) - return; - Q_D(QWidget); -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = QWidgetPrivate::nearestGraphicsProxyWidget(this)) { - // Graphics View maintains its own dirty region as a list of rects; - // until we can connect item updates directly to the view, we must - // separately add a translated dirty region. - if (!d->dirty.isEmpty()) { - foreach (const QRect &rect, (d->dirty.translated(dx, dy) & r).rects()) - proxy->update(rect); - } - proxy->scroll(dx, dy, r.translated(proxy->subWidgetRect(this).topLeft().toPoint())); - return; - } -#endif - d->scroll_sys(dx, dy, r); -} - -/*! - Repaints the widget directly by calling paintEvent() immediately, - unless updates are disabled or the widget is hidden. - - We suggest only using repaint() if you need an immediate repaint, - for example during animation. In almost all circumstances update() - is better, as it permits Qt to optimize for speed and minimize - flicker. - - \warning If you call repaint() in a function which may itself be - called from paintEvent(), you may get infinite recursion. The - update() function never causes recursion. - - \sa update(), paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled() -*/ - -void QWidget::repaint() -{ - repaint(rect()); -} - -/*! \overload - - This version repaints a rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) inside - the widget. - - If \a w is negative, it is replaced with \c{width() - x}, and if - \a h is negative, it is replaced width \c{height() - y}. -*/ -void QWidget::repaint(int x, int y, int w, int h) -{ - if (x > data->crect.width() || y > data->crect.height()) - return; - - if (w < 0) - w = data->crect.width() - x; - if (h < 0) - h = data->crect.height() - y; - - repaint(QRect(x, y, w, h)); -} - -/*! \overload - - This version repaints a rectangle \a rect inside the widget. -*/ -void QWidget::repaint(const QRect &rect) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending)) { - update(rect); - return; - } - - if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rect.isEmpty()) - return; - - if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) { -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) { - qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true); - return; - } -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); - if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) { - tlwExtra->inRepaint = true; - tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rect, this, true); - tlwExtra->inRepaint = false; - } - } else { - d->repaint_sys(rect); - } -} - -/*! - \overload - - This version repaints a region \a rgn inside the widget. -*/ -void QWidget::repaint(const QRegion &rgn) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_ConfigPending)) { - update(rgn); - return; - } - - if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rgn.isEmpty()) - return; - - if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) { -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) { - qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true); - return; - } -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); - if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) { - tlwExtra->inRepaint = true; - tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rgn, this, true); - tlwExtra->inRepaint = false; - } - } else { - d->repaint_sys(rgn); - } -} - -/*! - Updates the widget unless updates are disabled or the widget is - hidden. - - This function does not cause an immediate repaint; instead it - schedules a paint event for processing when Qt returns to the main - event loop. This permits Qt to optimize for more speed and less - flicker than a call to repaint() does. - - Calling update() several times normally results in just one - paintEvent() call. - - Qt normally erases the widget's area before the paintEvent() call. - If the Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent widget attribute is set, the widget is - responsible for painting all its pixels with an opaque color. - - \sa repaint() paintEvent(), setUpdatesEnabled(), {Analog Clock Example} -*/ -void QWidget::update() -{ - update(rect()); -} - -/*! \fn void QWidget::update(int x, int y, int w, int h) - \overload - - This version updates a rectangle (\a x, \a y, \a w, \a h) inside - the widget. -*/ - -/*! - \overload - - This version updates a rectangle \a rect inside the widget. -*/ -void QWidget::update(const QRect &rect) -{ - if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rect.isEmpty()) - return; - - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) { - QApplication::postEvent(this, new QUpdateLaterEvent(rect)); - return; - } - - if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) { -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) { - qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true); - return; - } -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); - if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) - tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rect, this); - } else { - d_func()->repaint_sys(rect); - } -} - -/*! - \overload - - This version repaints a region \a rgn inside the widget. -*/ -void QWidget::update(const QRegion &rgn) -{ - if (!isVisible() || !updatesEnabled() || rgn.isEmpty()) - return; - - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_InPaintEvent)) { - QApplication::postEvent(this, new QUpdateLaterEvent(rgn)); - return; - } - - if (hasBackingStoreSupport()) { -#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - if (qt_widget_private(this)->isInUnifiedToolbar) { - qt_widget_private(this)->unifiedSurface->renderToolbar(this, true); - return; - } -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - QTLWExtra *tlwExtra = window()->d_func()->maybeTopData(); - if (tlwExtra && !tlwExtra->inTopLevelResize && tlwExtra->backingStore) - tlwExtra->backingStore->markDirty(rgn, this); - } else { - d_func()->repaint_sys(rgn); - } -} - -#ifdef QT3_SUPPORT -/*! - Clear the rectangle at point (\a x, \a y) of width \a w and height - \a h. - - \warning This is best done in a paintEvent(). -*/ -void QWidget::erase_helper(int x, int y, int w, int h) -{ - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground) || testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled) || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible)) - return; - if (w < 0) - w = data->crect.width() - x; - if (h < 0) - h = data->crect.height() - y; - if (w != 0 && h != 0) { - QPainter p(this); - p.eraseRect(QRect(x, y, w, h)); - } -} - -/*! - \overload - - Clear the given region, \a rgn. - - Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload - paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a - replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter. -*/ -void QWidget::erase(const QRegion& rgn) -{ - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground) || testAttribute(Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled) || !testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible)) - return; - - QPainter p(this); - p.setClipRegion(rgn); - p.eraseRect(rgn.boundingRect()); -} - -void QWidget::drawText_helper(int x, int y, const QString &str) -{ - if(!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Visible)) - return; - QPainter paint(this); - paint.drawText(x, y, str); -} - - -/*! - Closes the widget. - - Use the no-argument overload instead. -*/ -bool QWidget::close(bool alsoDelete) -{ - QPointer<QWidget> that = this; - bool accepted = close(); - if (alsoDelete && accepted && that) - deleteLater(); - return accepted; -} - -void QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &i) -{ - setWindowIcon(i); -} - -/*! - Return's the widget's icon. - - Use windowIcon() instead. -*/ -const QPixmap *QWidget::icon() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return (d->extra && d->extra->topextra) ? d->extra->topextra->iconPixmap : 0; -} - -#endif // QT3_SUPPORT - - /*! - \internal - - This just sets the corresponding attribute bit to 1 or 0 - */ -static void setAttribute_internal(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute, bool on, QWidgetData *data, - QWidgetPrivate *d) -{ - if (attribute < int(8*sizeof(uint))) { - if (on) - data->widget_attributes |= (1<<attribute); - else - data->widget_attributes &= ~(1<<attribute); - } else { - const int x = attribute - 8*sizeof(uint); - const int int_off = x / (8*sizeof(uint)); - if (on) - d->high_attributes[int_off] |= (1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint)))); - else - d->high_attributes[int_off] &= ~(1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint)))); - } -} - -/*! - Sets the attribute \a attribute on this widget if \a on is true; - otherwise clears the attribute. - - \sa testAttribute() -*/ -void QWidget::setAttribute(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute, bool on) -{ - if (testAttribute(attribute) == on) - return; - - Q_D(QWidget); - Q_ASSERT_X(sizeof(d->high_attributes)*8 >= (Qt::WA_AttributeCount - sizeof(uint)*8), - "QWidget::setAttribute(WidgetAttribute, bool)", - "QWidgetPrivate::high_attributes[] too small to contain all attributes in WidgetAttribute"); -#ifdef Q_WS_WIN - // ### Don't use PaintOnScreen+paintEngine() to do native painting in 5.0 - if (attribute == Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen && on && !inherits("QGLWidget")) { - // see qwidget_win.cpp, ::paintEngine for details - paintEngine(); - if (d->noPaintOnScreen) - return; - } -#endif - - setAttribute_internal(attribute, on, data, d); - - switch (attribute) { - -#ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP - case Qt::WA_AcceptDrops: { - if (on && !testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered)) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, true); - else if (!on && (isWindow() || !parentWidget() || !parentWidget()->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered))) - setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, false); - QEvent e(QEvent::AcceptDropsChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); - break; - } - case Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered: { - d->registerDropSite(on); - for (int i = 0; i < d->children.size(); ++i) { - QWidget *w = qobject_cast<QWidget *>(d->children.at(i)); - if (w && !w->isWindow() && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_AcceptDrops) && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered) != on) - w->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, on); - } - break; - } -#endif - - case Qt::WA_NoChildEventsForParent: - d->sendChildEvents = !on; - break; - case Qt::WA_NoChildEventsFromChildren: - d->receiveChildEvents = !on; - break; - case Qt::WA_MacBrushedMetal: -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - d->setStyle_helper(style(), false, true); // Make sure things get unpolished/polished correctly. - // fall through since changing the metal attribute affects the opaque size grip. - case Qt::WA_MacOpaqueSizeGrip: - d->macUpdateOpaqueSizeGrip(); - break; - case Qt::WA_MacShowFocusRect: - if (hasFocus()) { - clearFocus(); - setFocus(); - } - break; - case Qt::WA_Hover: - qt_mac_update_mouseTracking(this); - break; -#endif - case Qt::WA_MacAlwaysShowToolWindow: -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - d->macUpdateHideOnSuspend(); -#endif - break; - case Qt::WA_MacNormalSize: - case Qt::WA_MacSmallSize: - case Qt::WA_MacMiniSize: -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - { - // We can only have one of these set at a time - const Qt::WidgetAttribute MacSizes[] = { Qt::WA_MacNormalSize, Qt::WA_MacSmallSize, - Qt::WA_MacMiniSize }; - for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { - if (MacSizes[i] != attribute) - setAttribute_internal(MacSizes[i], false, data, d); - } - d->macUpdateSizeAttribute(); - } -#endif - break; - case Qt::WA_ShowModal: - if (!on) { - if (isVisible()) - QApplicationPrivate::leaveModal(this); - // reset modality type to Modeless when clearing WA_ShowModal - data->window_modality = Qt::NonModal; - } else if (data->window_modality == Qt::NonModal) { - // determine the modality type if it hasn't been set prior - // to setting WA_ShowModal. set the default to WindowModal - // if we are the child of a group leader; otherwise use - // ApplicationModal. - QWidget *w = parentWidget(); - if (w) - w = w->window(); - while (w && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader)) { - w = w->parentWidget(); - if (w) - w = w->window(); - } - data->window_modality = (w && w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_GroupLeader)) - ? Qt::WindowModal - : Qt::ApplicationModal; - // Some window managers does not allow us to enter modal after the - // window is showing. Therefore, to be consistent, we cannot call - // QApplicationPrivate::enterModal(this) here. The window must be - // hidden before changing modality. - } - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) { - // don't call setModal_sys() before create_sys() - d->setModal_sys(); - } - break; - case Qt::WA_MouseTracking: { - QEvent e(QEvent::MouseTrackingChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); - break; } - case Qt::WA_NativeWindow: { -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - QWidget *focusWidget = d->effectiveFocusWidget(); - QInputContext *ic = 0; - if (on && !internalWinId() && hasFocus() - && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) { - ic = focusWidget->d_func()->inputContext(); - if (ic) { - ic->reset(); - ic->setFocusWidget(0); - } - } - if (!qApp->testAttribute(Qt::AA_DontCreateNativeWidgetSiblings) && parentWidget() -#if defined(Q_WS_MAC) && defined(QT_MAC_USE_COCOA) - // On Mac, toolbars inside the unified title bar will never overlap with - // siblings in the content view. So we skip enforce native siblings in that case - && !d->isInUnifiedToolbar && parentWidget()->isWindow() -#endif // Q_WS_MAC && QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - ) - parentWidget()->d_func()->enforceNativeChildren(); - if (on && !internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - d->createWinId(); - if (ic && isEnabled() && focusWidget->isEnabled() - && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) { - ic->setFocusWidget(focusWidget); - } -#endif //QT_NO_IM - break; - } - case Qt::WA_PaintOnScreen: - d->updateIsOpaque(); -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) - // Recreate the widget if it's already created as an alien widget and - // WA_PaintOnScreen is enabled. Paint on screen widgets must have win id. - // So must their children. - if (on) { - setAttribute(Qt::WA_NativeWindow); - d->enforceNativeChildren(); - } -#endif - // fall through - case Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent: - d->updateIsOpaque(); - break; - case Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground: - d->updateIsOpaque(); - // fall through... - case Qt::WA_UpdatesDisabled: - d->updateSystemBackground(); - break; - case Qt::WA_TransparentForMouseEvents: -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - d->macUpdateIgnoreMouseEvents(); -#endif - break; - case Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled: { -#ifndef QT_NO_IM - QWidget *focusWidget = d->effectiveFocusWidget(); - QInputContext *ic = focusWidget->d_func()->assignedInputContext(); - if (!ic && (!on || hasFocus())) - ic = focusWidget->d_func()->inputContext(); - if (ic) { - if (on && hasFocus() && ic->focusWidget() != focusWidget && isEnabled() - && focusWidget->testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled)) { - ic->setFocusWidget(focusWidget); - } else if (!on && ic->focusWidget() == focusWidget) { - ic->reset(); - ic->setFocusWidget(0); - } - } -#endif //QT_NO_IM - break; - } - case Qt::WA_WindowPropagation: - d->resolvePalette(); - d->resolveFont(); - d->resolveLocale(); - break; -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 - case Qt::WA_NoX11EventCompression: - if (!d->extra) - d->createExtra(); - d->extra->compress_events = on; - break; - case Qt::WA_X11OpenGLOverlay: - d->updateIsOpaque(); - break; - case Qt::WA_X11DoNotAcceptFocus: - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - d->updateX11AcceptFocus(); - break; -#endif - case Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen: { - if (on && isVisible()) { - // Make sure we keep the current state and only hide the widget - // from the desktop. show_sys will only update platform specific - // attributes at this point. - d->hide_sys(); -#ifdef Q_WS_QWS - // Release the region for this window from qws if the widget has - // been shown before the attribute was set. - if (QWSWindowSurface *surface = static_cast<QWSWindowSurface *>(windowSurface())) { - QWidget::qwsDisplay()->requestRegion(surface->winId(), surface->key(), - surface->permanentState(), QRegion()); - } -#endif - d->show_sys(); - } - break; - } - -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDesktop: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDock: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolBar: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeMenu: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeUtility: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeSplash: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDialog: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDropDownMenu: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypePopupMenu: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeToolTip: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeNotification: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeCombo: - case Qt::WA_X11NetWmWindowTypeDND: - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - d->setNetWmWindowTypes(); - break; -#endif - - case Qt::WA_StaticContents: - if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()) { - if (on) - bs->addStaticWidget(this); - else - bs->removeStaticWidget(this); - } - break; - case Qt::WA_TranslucentBackground: - if (on) { - setAttribute(Qt::WA_NoSystemBackground); - d->updateIsTranslucent(); - } - - break; - case Qt::WA_AcceptTouchEvents: -#if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined(Q_WS_MAC) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) - if (on) - d->registerTouchWindow(); -#endif - break; - case Qt::WA_LockPortraitOrientation: - case Qt::WA_LockLandscapeOrientation: - case Qt::WA_AutoOrientation: { - const Qt::WidgetAttribute orientations[3] = { - Qt::WA_LockPortraitOrientation, - Qt::WA_LockLandscapeOrientation, - Qt::WA_AutoOrientation - }; - - if (on) { - // We can only have one of these set at a time - for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { - if (orientations[i] != attribute) - setAttribute_internal(orientations[i], false, data, d); - } - } - -#ifdef Q_WS_S60 - CAknAppUiBase* appUi = static_cast<CAknAppUiBase*>(CEikonEnv::Static()->EikAppUi()); - const CAknAppUiBase::TAppUiOrientation s60orientations[] = { - CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationPortrait, - CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationLandscape, - CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationAutomatic - }; - CAknAppUiBase::TAppUiOrientation s60orientation = CAknAppUiBase::EAppUiOrientationUnspecified; - for (int i = 0; i < 3; ++i) { - if (testAttribute(orientations[i])) { - s60orientation = s60orientations[i]; - break; - } - } - QT_TRAP_THROWING(appUi->SetOrientationL(s60orientation)); - S60->orientationSet = true; - QSymbianControl *window = static_cast<QSymbianControl *>(internalWinId()); - if (window) - window->ensureFixNativeOrientation(); -#endif - break; - } - default: - break; - } -} - -/*! \fn bool QWidget::testAttribute(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute) const - - Returns true if attribute \a attribute is set on this widget; - otherwise returns false. - - \sa setAttribute() - */ -bool QWidget::testAttribute_helper(Qt::WidgetAttribute attribute) const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - const int x = attribute - 8*sizeof(uint); - const int int_off = x / (8*sizeof(uint)); - return (d->high_attributes[int_off] & (1<<(x-(int_off*8*sizeof(uint))))); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::windowOpacity - - \brief The level of opacity for the window. - - The valid range of opacity is from 1.0 (completely opaque) to - 0.0 (completely transparent). - - By default the value of this property is 1.0. - - This feature is available on Embedded Linux, Mac OS X, Windows, - and X11 platforms that support the Composite extension. - - This feature is not available on Windows CE. - - Note that under X11 you need to have a composite manager running, - and the X11 specific _NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY atom needs to be - supported by the window manager you are using. - - \warning Changing this property from opaque to transparent might issue a - paint event that needs to be processed before the window is displayed - correctly. This affects mainly the use of QPixmap::grabWindow(). Also note - that semi-transparent windows update and resize significantly slower than - opaque windows. - - \sa setMask() -*/ -qreal QWidget::windowOpacity() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return (isWindow() && d->maybeTopData()) ? d->maybeTopData()->opacity / 255. : 1.0; -} - -void QWidget::setWindowOpacity(qreal opacity) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (!isWindow()) - return; - - opacity = qBound(qreal(0.0), opacity, qreal(1.0)); - QTLWExtra *extra = d->topData(); - extra->opacity = uint(opacity * 255); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_WindowOpacitySet); - -#ifndef Q_WS_QWS - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - return; -#endif - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW - if (QGraphicsProxyWidget *proxy = graphicsProxyWidget()) { - // Avoid invalidating the cache if set. - if (proxy->cacheMode() == QGraphicsItem::NoCache) - proxy->update(); - else if (QGraphicsScene *scene = proxy->scene()) - scene->update(proxy->sceneBoundingRect()); - return; - } -#endif - - d->setWindowOpacity_sys(opacity); -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::windowModified - \brief whether the document shown in the window has unsaved changes - - A modified window is a window whose content has changed but has - not been saved to disk. This flag will have different effects - varied by the platform. On Mac OS X the close button will have a - modified look; on other platforms, the window title will have an - '*' (asterisk). - - The window title must contain a "[*]" placeholder, which - indicates where the '*' should appear. Normally, it should appear - right after the file name (e.g., "document1.txt[*] - Text - Editor"). If the window isn't modified, the placeholder is simply - removed. - - Note that if a widget is set as modified, all its ancestors will - also be set as modified. However, if you call \c - {setWindowModified(false)} on a widget, this will not propagate to - its parent because other children of the parent might have been - modified. - - \sa windowTitle, {Application Example}, {SDI Example}, {MDI Example} -*/ -bool QWidget::isWindowModified() const -{ - return testAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowModified); -} - -void QWidget::setWindowModified(bool mod) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - setAttribute(Qt::WA_WindowModified, mod); - -#ifndef Q_WS_MAC - if (!windowTitle().contains(QLatin1String("[*]")) && mod) - qWarning("QWidget::setWindowModified: The window title does not contain a '[*]' placeholder"); -#endif - d->setWindowTitle_helper(windowTitle()); - d->setWindowIconText_helper(windowIconText()); -#ifdef Q_WS_MAC - d->setWindowModified_sys(mod); -#endif - - QEvent e(QEvent::ModifiedChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); -} - -#ifndef QT_NO_TOOLTIP -/*! - \property QWidget::toolTip - - \brief the widget's tooltip - - Note that by default tooltips are only shown for widgets that are - children of the active window. You can change this behavior by - setting the attribute Qt::WA_AlwaysShowToolTips on the \e window, - not on the widget with the tooltip. - - If you want to control a tooltip's behavior, you can intercept the - event() function and catch the QEvent::ToolTip event (e.g., if you - want to customize the area for which the tooltip should be shown). - - By default, this property contains an empty string. - - \sa QToolTip statusTip whatsThis -*/ -void QWidget::setToolTip(const QString &s) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->toolTip = s; - - QEvent event(QEvent::ToolTipChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &event); -} - -QString QWidget::toolTip() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->toolTip; -} -#endif // QT_NO_TOOLTIP - - -#ifndef QT_NO_STATUSTIP -/*! - \property QWidget::statusTip - \brief the widget's status tip - - By default, this property contains an empty string. - - \sa toolTip whatsThis -*/ -void QWidget::setStatusTip(const QString &s) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->statusTip = s; -} - -QString QWidget::statusTip() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->statusTip; -} -#endif // QT_NO_STATUSTIP - -#ifndef QT_NO_WHATSTHIS -/*! - \property QWidget::whatsThis - - \brief the widget's What's This help text. - - By default, this property contains an empty string. - - \sa QWhatsThis QWidget::toolTip QWidget::statusTip -*/ -void QWidget::setWhatsThis(const QString &s) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->whatsThis = s; -} - -QString QWidget::whatsThis() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->whatsThis; -} -#endif // QT_NO_WHATSTHIS - -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY -/*! - \property QWidget::accessibleName - - \brief the widget's name as seen by assistive technologies - - This property is used by accessible clients to identify, find, or announce - the widget for accessible clients. - - By default, this property contains an empty string. - - \sa QAccessibleInterface::text() -*/ -void QWidget::setAccessibleName(const QString &name) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->accessibleName = name; - QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::NameChanged); -} - -QString QWidget::accessibleName() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->accessibleName; -} - -/*! - \property QWidget::accessibleDescription - - \brief the widget's description as seen by assistive technologies - - By default, this property contains an empty string. - - \sa QAccessibleInterface::text() -*/ -void QWidget::setAccessibleDescription(const QString &description) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->accessibleDescription = description; - QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::DescriptionChanged); -} - -QString QWidget::accessibleDescription() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - return d->accessibleDescription; -} -#endif // QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY - -#ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT -/*! - Adds a shortcut to Qt's shortcut system that watches for the given - \a key sequence in the given \a context. If the \a context is - Qt::ApplicationShortcut, the shortcut applies to the application as a - whole. Otherwise, it is either local to this widget, Qt::WidgetShortcut, - or to the window itself, Qt::WindowShortcut. - - If the same \a key sequence has been grabbed by several widgets, - when the \a key sequence occurs a QEvent::Shortcut event is sent - to all the widgets to which it applies in a non-deterministic - order, but with the ``ambiguous'' flag set to true. - - \warning You should not normally need to use this function; - instead create \l{QAction}s with the shortcut key sequences you - require (if you also want equivalent menu options and toolbar - buttons), or create \l{QShortcut}s if you just need key sequences. - Both QAction and QShortcut handle all the event filtering for you, - and provide signals which are triggered when the user triggers the - key sequence, so are much easier to use than this low-level - function. - - \sa releaseShortcut() setShortcutEnabled() -*/ -int QWidget::grabShortcut(const QKeySequence &key, Qt::ShortcutContext context) -{ - Q_ASSERT(qApp); - if (key.isEmpty()) - return 0; - setAttribute(Qt::WA_GrabbedShortcut); - return qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.addShortcut(this, key, context); -} - -/*! - Removes the shortcut with the given \a id from Qt's shortcut - system. The widget will no longer receive QEvent::Shortcut events - for the shortcut's key sequence (unless it has other shortcuts - with the same key sequence). - - \warning You should not normally need to use this function since - Qt's shortcut system removes shortcuts automatically when their - parent widget is destroyed. It is best to use QAction or - QShortcut to handle shortcuts, since they are easier to use than - this low-level function. Note also that this is an expensive - operation. - - \sa grabShortcut() setShortcutEnabled() -*/ -void QWidget::releaseShortcut(int id) -{ - Q_ASSERT(qApp); - if (id) - qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.removeShortcut(id, this, 0); -} - -/*! - If \a enable is true, the shortcut with the given \a id is - enabled; otherwise the shortcut is disabled. - - \warning You should not normally need to use this function since - Qt's shortcut system enables/disables shortcuts automatically as - widgets become hidden/visible and gain or lose focus. It is best - to use QAction or QShortcut to handle shortcuts, since they are - easier to use than this low-level function. - - \sa grabShortcut() releaseShortcut() -*/ -void QWidget::setShortcutEnabled(int id, bool enable) -{ - Q_ASSERT(qApp); - if (id) - qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.setShortcutEnabled(enable, id, this, 0); -} - -/*! - \since 4.2 - - If \a enable is true, auto repeat of the shortcut with the - given \a id is enabled; otherwise it is disabled. - - \sa grabShortcut() releaseShortcut() -*/ -void QWidget::setShortcutAutoRepeat(int id, bool enable) -{ - Q_ASSERT(qApp); - if (id) - qApp->d_func()->shortcutMap.setShortcutAutoRepeat(enable, id, this, 0); -} -#endif // QT_NO_SHORTCUT -/*! - Updates the widget's micro focus. - - \sa QInputContext -*/ -void QWidget::updateMicroFocus() -{ -#if !defined(QT_NO_IM) && (defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_QWS) || defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN)) - Q_D(QWidget); - // and optimization to update input context only it has already been created. - if (d->assignedInputContext() || qApp->d_func()->inputContext) { - QInputContext *ic = inputContext(); - if (ic) - ic->update(); - } -#endif -#ifndef QT_NO_ACCESSIBILITY - if (isVisible()) { - // ##### is this correct - QAccessible::updateAccessibility(this, 0, QAccessible::StateChanged); - } -#endif -} - - -#if defined (Q_WS_WIN) -/*! - Returns the window system handle of the widget, for low-level - access. Using this function is not portable. - - An HDC acquired with getDC() has to be released with releaseDC(). - - \warning Using this function is not portable. -*/ -HDC QWidget::getDC() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (d->hd) - return (HDC) d->hd; - return GetDC(winId()); -} - -/*! - Releases the HDC \a hdc acquired by a previous call to getDC(). - - \warning Using this function is not portable. -*/ -void QWidget::releaseDC(HDC hdc) const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - // If its the widgets own dc, it will be released elsewhere. If - // its a different HDC we release it and issue a warning if it - // fails. - if (hdc != d->hd && !ReleaseDC(winId(), hdc)) - qErrnoWarning("QWidget::releaseDC(): failed to release HDC"); -} -#else -/*! - Returns the window system handle of the widget, for low-level - access. Using this function is not portable. - - The HANDLE type varies with platform; see \c qwindowdefs.h for - details. -*/ -Qt::HANDLE QWidget::handle() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (!internalWinId() && testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - (void)winId(); // enforce native window - return d->hd; -} -#endif - - -/*! - Raises this widget to the top of the parent widget's stack. - - After this call the widget will be visually in front of any - overlapping sibling widgets. - - \note When using activateWindow(), you can call this function to - ensure that the window is stacked on top. - - \sa lower(), stackUnder() -*/ - -void QWidget::raise() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (!isWindow()) { - QWidget *p = parentWidget(); - const int parentChildCount = p->d_func()->children.size(); - if (parentChildCount < 2) - return; - const int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this); - Q_ASSERT(from >= 0); - // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created. - if (from != parentChildCount -1) - p->d_func()->children.move(from, parentChildCount - 1); - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - create(); - else if (from == parentChildCount - 1) - return; - - QRegion region(rect()); - d->subtractOpaqueSiblings(region); - d->invalidateBuffer(region); - } - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - d->raise_sys(); - - QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); -} - -/*! - Lowers the widget to the bottom of the parent widget's stack. - - After this call the widget will be visually behind (and therefore - obscured by) any overlapping sibling widgets. - - \sa raise(), stackUnder() -*/ - -void QWidget::lower() -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (!isWindow()) { - QWidget *p = parentWidget(); - const int parentChildCount = p->d_func()->children.size(); - if (parentChildCount < 2) - return; - const int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this); - Q_ASSERT(from >= 0); - // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created. - if (from != 0) - p->d_func()->children.move(from, 0); - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - create(); - else if (from == 0) - return; - } - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - d->lower_sys(); - - QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); -} - - -/*! - Places the widget under \a w in the parent widget's stack. - - To make this work, the widget itself and \a w must be siblings. - - \sa raise(), lower() -*/ -void QWidget::stackUnder(QWidget* w) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - QWidget *p = parentWidget(); - if (!w || isWindow() || p != w->parentWidget() || this == w) - return; - if (p) { - int from = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(this); - int to = p->d_func()->children.indexOf(w); - Q_ASSERT(from >= 0); - Q_ASSERT(to >= 0); - if (from < to) - --to; - // Do nothing if the widget is already in correct stacking order _and_ created. - if (from != to) - p->d_func()->children.move(from, to); - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created) && p->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - create(); - else if (from == to) - return; - } - if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - d->stackUnder_sys(w); - - QEvent e(QEvent::ZOrderChange); - QApplication::sendEvent(this, &e); -} - -void QWidget::styleChange(QStyle&) { } -void QWidget::enabledChange(bool) { } // compat -void QWidget::paletteChange(const QPalette &) { } // compat -void QWidget::fontChange(const QFont &) { } // compat -void QWidget::windowActivationChange(bool) { } // compat -void QWidget::languageChange() { } // compat - - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isVisibleToTLW() const - - Use isVisible() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::iconify() - - Use showMinimized() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::constPolish() const - - Use ensurePolished() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::reparent(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f, const QPoint &p, bool showIt) - - Use setParent() to change the parent or the widget's widget flags; - use move() to move the widget, and use show() to show the widget. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::reparent(QWidget *parent, const QPoint &p, bool showIt) - - Use setParent() to change the parent; use move() to move the - widget, and use show() to show the widget. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::recreate(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags f, const QPoint & p, bool showIt) - - Use setParent() to change the parent or the widget's widget flags; - use move() to move the widget, and use show() to show the widget. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::hasMouse() const - - Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_UnderMouse) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::ownCursor() const - - Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetCursor) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::ownFont() const - - Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetFont) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::unsetFont() - - Use setFont(QFont()) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::ownPalette() const - - Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_SetPalette) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::unsetPalette() - - Use setPalette(QPalette()) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setEraseColor(const QColor &color) - - Use the palette instead. - - \oldcode - widget->setEraseColor(color); - \newcode - QPalette palette; - palette.setColor(widget->backgroundRole(), color); - widget->setPalette(palette); - \endcode -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setErasePixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) - - Use the palette instead. - - \oldcode - widget->setErasePixmap(pixmap); - \newcode - QPalette palette; - palette.setBrush(widget->backgroundRole(), QBrush(pixmap)); - widget->setPalette(palette); - \endcode -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setPaletteForegroundColor(const QColor &color) - - Use the palette directly. - - \oldcode - widget->setPaletteForegroundColor(color); - \newcode - QPalette palette; - palette.setColor(widget->foregroundRole(), color); - widget->setPalette(palette); - \endcode -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundColor(const QColor &color) - - Use the palette directly. - - \oldcode - widget->setPaletteBackgroundColor(color); - \newcode - QPalette palette; - palette.setColor(widget->backgroundRole(), color); - widget->setPalette(palette); - \endcode -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) - - Use the palette directly. - - \oldcode - widget->setPaletteBackgroundPixmap(pixmap); - \newcode - QPalette palette; - palette.setBrush(widget->backgroundRole(), QBrush(pixmap)); - widget->setPalette(palette); - \endcode -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundPixmap(const QPixmap &pixmap) - - Use the palette instead. - - \oldcode - widget->setBackgroundPixmap(pixmap); - \newcode - QPalette palette; - palette.setBrush(widget->backgroundRole(), QBrush(pixmap)); - widget->setPalette(palette); - \endcode -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundColor(const QColor &color) - - Use the palette instead. - - \oldcode - widget->setBackgroundColor(color); - \newcode - QPalette palette; - palette.setColor(widget->backgroundRole(), color); - widget->setPalette(palette); - \endcode -*/ - -/*! - \fn QColorGroup QWidget::colorGroup() const - - Use QColorGroup(palette()) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn QWidget *QWidget::parentWidget(bool sameWindow) const - - Use the no-argument overload instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setKeyCompression(bool b) - - Use setAttribute(Qt::WA_KeyCompression, b) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setFont(const QFont &f, bool b) - - Use the single-argument overload instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setPalette(const QPalette &p, bool b) - - Use the single-argument overload instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setBackgroundOrigin(BackgroundOrigin background) - - \obsolete -*/ - -/*! - \fn BackgroundOrigin QWidget::backgroundOrigin() const - - \obsolete - - Always returns \c WindowOrigin. -*/ - -/*! - \fn QPoint QWidget::backgroundOffset() const - - \obsolete - - Always returns QPoint(). -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::repaint(bool b) - - The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the no-argument overload instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::repaint(int x, int y, int w, int h, bool b) - - The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the four-argument overload instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::repaint(const QRect &r, bool b) - - The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the single rect-argument overload instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::repaint(const QRegion &rgn, bool b) - - The boolean parameter \a b is ignored. Use the single region-argument overload instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::erase() - - Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload - paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a - replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::erase(int x, int y, int w, int h) - - Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload - paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a - replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::erase(const QRect &rect) - - Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload - paintEvent() to do your erasing and call update() to schedule a - replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::drawText(const QPoint &p, const QString &s) - - Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload - paintEvent() to do your drawing and call update() to schedule a - replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::drawText(int x, int y, const QString &s) - - Drawing may only take place in a QPaintEvent. Overload - paintEvent() to do your drawing and call update() to schedule a - replaint whenever necessary. See also QPainter. -*/ - -/*! - \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(const QPoint &p, bool includeThis) const - - Use the single point argument overload instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setCaption(const QString &c) - - Use setWindowTitle() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setIcon(const QPixmap &i) - - Use setWindowIcon() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setIconText(const QString &it) - - Use setWindowIconText() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn QString QWidget::caption() const - - Use windowTitle() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn QString QWidget::iconText() const - - Use windowIconText() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isTopLevel() const - \obsolete - - Use isWindow() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isRightToLeft() const - \internal -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isLeftToRight() const - \internal -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setInputMethodEnabled(bool enabled) - - Use setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, \a enabled) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isInputMethodEnabled() const - - Use testAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled) instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setActiveWindow() - - Use activateWindow() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isShown() const - - Use !isHidden() instead (notice the exclamation mark), or use isVisible() to check whether the widget is visible. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isDialog() const - - Use windowType() == Qt::Dialog instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isPopup() const - - Use windowType() == Qt::Popup instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn bool QWidget::isDesktop() const - - Use windowType() == Qt::Desktop instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::polish() - - Use ensurePolished() instead. -*/ - -/*! - \fn QWidget *QWidget::childAt(int x, int y, bool includeThis) const - - Use the childAt() overload that doesn't have an \a includeThis parameter. - - \oldcode - return widget->childAt(x, y, true); - \newcode - QWidget *child = widget->childAt(x, y, true); - if (child) - return child; - if (widget->rect().contains(x, y)) - return widget; - \endcode -*/ - -/*! - \macro QWIDGETSIZE_MAX - \relates QWidget - - Defines the maximum size for a QWidget object. - - The largest allowed size for a widget is QSize(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, - QWIDGETSIZE_MAX), i.e. QSize (16777215,16777215). - - \sa QWidget::setMaximumSize() -*/ - -/*! - \fn QWidget::setupUi(QWidget *widget) - - Sets up the user interface for the specified \a widget. - - \note This function is available with widgets that derive from user - interface descriptions created using \l{uic}. - - \sa {Using a Designer UI File in Your Application} -*/ - -QRect QWidgetPrivate::frameStrut() const -{ - Q_Q(const QWidget); - if (!q->isWindow() || (q->windowType() == Qt::Desktop) || q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_DontShowOnScreen)) { - // x2 = x1 + w - 1, so w/h = 1 - return QRect(0, 0, 1, 1); - } - - if (data.fstrut_dirty -#ifndef Q_WS_WIN - // ### Fix properly for 4.3 - && q->isVisible() -#endif - && q->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - const_cast<QWidgetPrivate *>(this)->updateFrameStrut(); - - return maybeTopData() ? maybeTopData()->frameStrut : QRect(); -} - -#ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION -/*! - \internal - - Changes the focus from the current focusWidget to a widget in - the \a direction. - - Returns true, if there was a widget in that direction -*/ -bool QWidgetPrivate::navigateToDirection(Direction direction) -{ - QWidget *targetWidget = widgetInNavigationDirection(direction); - if (targetWidget) - targetWidget->setFocus(); - return (targetWidget != 0); -} - -/*! - \internal - - Searches for a widget that is positioned in the \a direction, starting - from the current focusWidget. - - Returns the pointer to a found widget or 0, if there was no widget in - that direction. -*/ -QWidget *QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(Direction direction) -{ - const QWidget *sourceWidget = QApplication::focusWidget(); - if (!sourceWidget) - return 0; - const QRect sourceRect = sourceWidget->rect().translated(sourceWidget->mapToGlobal(QPoint())); - const int sourceX = - (direction == DirectionNorth || direction == DirectionSouth) ? - (sourceRect.left() + (sourceRect.right() - sourceRect.left()) / 2) - :(direction == DirectionEast ? sourceRect.right() : sourceRect.left()); - const int sourceY = - (direction == DirectionEast || direction == DirectionWest) ? - (sourceRect.top() + (sourceRect.bottom() - sourceRect.top()) / 2) - :(direction == DirectionSouth ? sourceRect.bottom() : sourceRect.top()); - const QPoint sourcePoint(sourceX, sourceY); - const QPoint sourceCenter = sourceRect.center(); - const QWidget *sourceWindow = sourceWidget->window(); - - QWidget *targetWidget = 0; - int shortestDistance = INT_MAX; - foreach(QWidget *targetCandidate, QApplication::allWidgets()) { - - const QRect targetCandidateRect = targetCandidate->rect().translated(targetCandidate->mapToGlobal(QPoint())); - - // For focus proxies, the child widget handling the focus can have keypad navigation focus, - // but the owner of the proxy cannot. - // Additionally, empty widgets should be ignored. - if (targetCandidate->focusProxy() || targetCandidateRect.isEmpty()) - continue; - - // Only navigate to a target widget that... - if ( targetCandidate != sourceWidget - // ...takes the focus, - && targetCandidate->focusPolicy() & Qt::TabFocus - // ...is above if DirectionNorth, - && !(direction == DirectionNorth && targetCandidateRect.bottom() > sourceRect.top()) - // ...is on the right if DirectionEast, - && !(direction == DirectionEast && targetCandidateRect.left() < sourceRect.right()) - // ...is below if DirectionSouth, - && !(direction == DirectionSouth && targetCandidateRect.top() < sourceRect.bottom()) - // ...is on the left if DirectionWest, - && !(direction == DirectionWest && targetCandidateRect.right() > sourceRect.left()) - // ...is enabled, - && targetCandidate->isEnabled() - // ...is visible, - && targetCandidate->isVisible() - // ...is in the same window, - && targetCandidate->window() == sourceWindow) { - const int targetCandidateDistance = pointToRect(sourcePoint, targetCandidateRect); - if (targetCandidateDistance < shortestDistance) { - shortestDistance = targetCandidateDistance; - targetWidget = targetCandidate; - } - } - } - return targetWidget; -} - -/*! - \internal - - Tells us if it there is currently a reachable widget by keypad navigation in - a certain \a orientation. - If no navigation is possible, occurring key events in that \a orientation may - be used to interact with the value in the focused widget, even though it - currently has not the editFocus. - - \sa QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(), QWidget::hasEditFocus() -*/ -bool QWidgetPrivate::canKeypadNavigate(Qt::Orientation orientation) -{ - return orientation == Qt::Horizontal? - (QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionEast) - || QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionWest)) - :(QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionNorth) - || QWidgetPrivate::widgetInNavigationDirection(QWidgetPrivate::DirectionSouth)); -} -/*! - \internal - - Checks, if the \a widget is inside a QTabWidget. If is is inside - one, left/right key events will be used to switch between tabs in keypad - navigation. If there is no QTabWidget, the horizontal key events can be used -to - interact with the value in the focused widget, even though it currently has - not the editFocus. - - \sa QWidget::hasEditFocus() -*/ -bool QWidgetPrivate::inTabWidget(QWidget *widget) -{ - for (QWidget *tabWidget = widget; tabWidget; tabWidget = tabWidget->parentWidget()) - if (qobject_cast<const QTabWidget*>(tabWidget)) - return true; - return false; -} -#endif - -/*! - \preliminary - \since 4.2 - \obsolete - - Sets the window surface to be the \a surface specified. - The QWidget takes will ownership of the \a surface. - widget itself is deleted. -*/ -void QWidget::setWindowSurface(QWindowSurface *surface) -{ - // ### createWinId() ?? - -#ifndef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES - if (!isTopLevel()) - return; -#endif - - Q_D(QWidget); - - QTLWExtra *topData = d->topData(); - if (topData->windowSurface == surface) - return; - - QWindowSurface *oldSurface = topData->windowSurface; - delete topData->windowSurface; - topData->windowSurface = surface; - - QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore(); - if (!bs) - return; - - if (isTopLevel()) { - if (bs->windowSurface != oldSurface && bs->windowSurface != surface) - delete bs->windowSurface; - bs->windowSurface = surface; - } -#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES - else { - bs->subSurfaces.append(surface); - } - bs->subSurfaces.removeOne(oldSurface); -#endif -} - -/*! - \preliminary - \since 4.2 - - Returns the QWindowSurface this widget will be drawn into. -*/ -QWindowSurface *QWidget::windowSurface() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - QTLWExtra *extra = d->maybeTopData(); - if (extra && extra->windowSurface) - return extra->windowSurface; - - QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore(); - -#ifdef Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES - if (bs && bs->subSurfaces.isEmpty()) - return bs->windowSurface; - - if (!isTopLevel()) { - const QWidget *w = parentWidget(); - while (w) { - QTLWExtra *extra = w->d_func()->maybeTopData(); - if (extra && extra->windowSurface) - return extra->windowSurface; - if (w->isTopLevel()) - break; - w = w->parentWidget(); - } - } -#endif // Q_BACKINGSTORE_SUBSURFACES - - return bs ? bs->windowSurface : 0; -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::getLayoutItemMargins(int *left, int *top, int *right, int *bottom) const -{ - if (left) - *left = (int)leftLayoutItemMargin; - if (top) - *top = (int)topLayoutItemMargin; - if (right) - *right = (int)rightLayoutItemMargin; - if (bottom) - *bottom = (int)bottomLayoutItemMargin; -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutItemMargins(int left, int top, int right, int bottom) -{ - if (leftLayoutItemMargin == left - && topLayoutItemMargin == top - && rightLayoutItemMargin == right - && bottomLayoutItemMargin == bottom) - return; - - Q_Q(QWidget); - leftLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)left; - topLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)top; - rightLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)right; - bottomLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)bottom; - q->updateGeometry(); -} - -void QWidgetPrivate::setLayoutItemMargins(QStyle::SubElement element, const QStyleOption *opt) -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - QStyleOption myOpt; - if (!opt) { - myOpt.initFrom(q); - myOpt.rect.setRect(0, 0, 32768, 32768); // arbitrary - opt = &myOpt; - } - - QRect liRect = q->style()->subElementRect(element, opt, q); - if (liRect.isValid()) { - leftLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(opt->rect.left() - liRect.left()); - topLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(opt->rect.top() - liRect.top()); - rightLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(liRect.right() - opt->rect.right()); - bottomLayoutItemMargin = (signed char)(liRect.bottom() - opt->rect.bottom()); - } else { - leftLayoutItemMargin = 0; - topLayoutItemMargin = 0; - rightLayoutItemMargin = 0; - bottomLayoutItemMargin = 0; - } -} -// resets the Qt::WA_QuitOnClose attribute to the default value for transient widgets. -void QWidgetPrivate::adjustQuitOnCloseAttribute() -{ - Q_Q(QWidget); - - if (!q->parentWidget()) { - Qt::WindowType type = q->windowType(); - if (type == Qt::Widget || type == Qt::SubWindow) - type = Qt::Window; - if (type != Qt::Widget && type != Qt::Window && type != Qt::Dialog) - q->setAttribute(Qt::WA_QuitOnClose, false); - } -} - - - -Q_GUI_EXPORT QWidgetData *qt_qwidget_data(QWidget *widget) -{ - return widget->data; -} - -Q_GUI_EXPORT QWidgetPrivate *qt_widget_private(QWidget *widget) -{ - return widget->d_func(); -} - - -#ifndef QT_NO_GRAPHICSVIEW -/*! - \since 4.5 - - Returns the proxy widget for the corresponding embedded widget in a graphics - view; otherwise returns 0. - - \sa QGraphicsProxyWidget::createProxyForChildWidget(), - QGraphicsScene::addWidget() - */ -QGraphicsProxyWidget *QWidget::graphicsProxyWidget() const -{ - Q_D(const QWidget); - if (d->extra) { - return d->extra->proxyWidget; - } - return 0; -} -#endif - - -/*! - \typedef QWidgetList - \relates QWidget - - Synonym for QList<QWidget *>. -*/ - -#ifndef QT_NO_GESTURES -/*! - Subscribes the widget to a given \a gesture with specific \a flags. - - \sa ungrabGesture(), QGestureEvent - \since 4.6 -*/ -void QWidget::grabGesture(Qt::GestureType gesture, Qt::GestureFlags flags) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - d->gestureContext.insert(gesture, flags); - (void)QGestureManager::instance(); // create a gesture manager -} - -/*! - Unsubscribes the widget from a given \a gesture type - - \sa grabGesture(), QGestureEvent - \since 4.6 -*/ -void QWidget::ungrabGesture(Qt::GestureType gesture) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - if (d->gestureContext.remove(gesture)) { - if (QGestureManager *manager = QGestureManager::instance()) - manager->cleanupCachedGestures(this, gesture); - } -} -#endif // QT_NO_GESTURES - -/*! - \typedef WId - \relates QWidget - - Platform dependent window identifier. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::destroy(bool destroyWindow, bool destroySubWindows) - - Frees up window system resources. Destroys the widget window if \a - destroyWindow is true. - - destroy() calls itself recursively for all the child widgets, - passing \a destroySubWindows for the \a destroyWindow parameter. - To have more control over destruction of subwidgets, destroy - subwidgets selectively first. - - This function is usually called from the QWidget destructor. -*/ - -/*! - \fn QPaintEngine *QWidget::paintEngine() const - - Returns the widget's paint engine. - - Note that this function should not be called explicitly by the - user, since it's meant for reimplementation purposes only. The - function is called by Qt internally, and the default - implementation may not always return a valid pointer. -*/ - -/*! - \fn QPoint QWidget::mapToGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const - - Translates the widget coordinate \a pos to global screen - coordinates. For example, \c{mapToGlobal(QPoint(0,0))} would give - the global coordinates of the top-left pixel of the widget. - - \sa mapFromGlobal() mapTo() mapToParent() -*/ - -/*! - \fn QPoint QWidget::mapFromGlobal(const QPoint &pos) const - - Translates the global screen coordinate \a pos to widget - coordinates. - - \sa mapToGlobal() mapFrom() mapFromParent() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::grabMouse() - - Grabs the mouse input. - - This widget receives all mouse events until releaseMouse() is - called; other widgets get no mouse events at all. Keyboard - events are not affected. Use grabKeyboard() if you want to grab - that. - - \warning Bugs in mouse-grabbing applications very often lock the - terminal. Use this function with extreme caution, and consider - using the \c -nograb command line option while debugging. - - It is almost never necessary to grab the mouse when using Qt, as - Qt grabs and releases it sensibly. In particular, Qt grabs the - mouse when a mouse button is pressed and keeps it until the last - button is released. - - \note Only visible widgets can grab mouse input. If isVisible() - returns false for a widget, that widget cannot call grabMouse(). - - \note \bold{(Mac OS X developers)} For \e Cocoa, calling - grabMouse() on a widget only works when the mouse is inside the - frame of that widget. For \e Carbon, it works outside the widget's - frame as well, like for Windows and X11. - - \sa releaseMouse() grabKeyboard() releaseKeyboard() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::grabMouse(const QCursor &cursor) - \overload grabMouse() - - Grabs the mouse input and changes the cursor shape. - - The cursor will assume shape \a cursor (for as long as the mouse - focus is grabbed) and this widget will be the only one to receive - mouse events until releaseMouse() is called(). - - \warning Grabbing the mouse might lock the terminal. - - \note \bold{(Mac OS X developers)} See the note in QWidget::grabMouse(). - - \sa releaseMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard(), setCursor() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::releaseMouse() - - Releases the mouse grab. - - \sa grabMouse(), grabKeyboard(), releaseKeyboard() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::grabKeyboard() - - Grabs the keyboard input. - - This widget receives all keyboard events until releaseKeyboard() - is called; other widgets get no keyboard events at all. Mouse - events are not affected. Use grabMouse() if you want to grab that. - - The focus widget is not affected, except that it doesn't receive - any keyboard events. setFocus() moves the focus as usual, but the - new focus widget receives keyboard events only after - releaseKeyboard() is called. - - If a different widget is currently grabbing keyboard input, that - widget's grab is released first. - - \sa releaseKeyboard() grabMouse() releaseMouse() focusWidget() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::releaseKeyboard() - - Releases the keyboard grab. - - \sa grabKeyboard(), grabMouse(), releaseMouse() -*/ - -/*! - \fn QWidget *QWidget::mouseGrabber() - - Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the mouse input. - - If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the mouse, - 0 is returned. - - \sa grabMouse(), keyboardGrabber() -*/ - -/*! - \fn QWidget *QWidget::keyboardGrabber() - - Returns the widget that is currently grabbing the keyboard input. - - If no widget in this application is currently grabbing the - keyboard, 0 is returned. - - \sa grabMouse(), mouseGrabber() -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::activateWindow() - - Sets the top-level widget containing this widget to be the active - window. - - An active window is a visible top-level window that has the - keyboard input focus. - - This function performs the same operation as clicking the mouse on - the title bar of a top-level window. On X11, the result depends on - the Window Manager. If you want to ensure that the window is - stacked on top as well you should also call raise(). Note that the - window must be visible, otherwise activateWindow() has no effect. - - On Windows, if you are calling this when the application is not - currently the active one then it will not make it the active - window. It will change the color of the taskbar entry to indicate - that the window has changed in some way. This is because Microsoft - does not allow an application to interrupt what the user is currently - doing in another application. - - \sa isActiveWindow(), window(), show() -*/ - -/*! - \fn int QWidget::metric(PaintDeviceMetric m) const - - Internal implementation of the virtual QPaintDevice::metric() - function. - - \a m is the metric to get. -*/ - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion ®ion) - \overload - - Causes only the parts of the widget which overlap \a region to be - visible. If the region includes pixels outside the rect() of the - widget, window system controls in that area may or may not be - visible, depending on the platform. - - Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly - complex. - - \sa windowOpacity -*/ -void QWidget::setMask(const QRegion &newMask) -{ - Q_D(QWidget); - - d->createExtra(); - if (newMask == d->extra->mask) - return; - -#ifndef QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE - const QRegion oldMask(d->extra->mask); -#endif - - d->extra->mask = newMask; - d->extra->hasMask = !newMask.isEmpty(); - -#ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) - return; -#endif - - d->setMask_sys(newMask); - -#ifndef QT_NO_BACKINGSTORE - if (!isVisible()) - return; - - if (!d->extra->hasMask) { - // Mask was cleared; update newly exposed area. - QRegion expose(rect()); - expose -= oldMask; - if (!expose.isEmpty()) { - d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - update(expose); - } - return; - } - - if (!isWindow()) { - // Update newly exposed area on the parent widget. - QRegion parentExpose(rect()); - parentExpose -= newMask; - if (!parentExpose.isEmpty()) { - d->setDirtyOpaqueRegion(); - parentExpose.translate(data->crect.topLeft()); - parentWidget()->update(parentExpose); - } - - // Update newly exposed area on this widget - if (!oldMask.isEmpty()) - update(newMask - oldMask); - } -#endif -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &bitmap) - - Causes only the pixels of the widget for which \a bitmap has a - corresponding 1 bit to be visible. If the region includes pixels - outside the rect() of the widget, window system controls in that - area may or may not be visible, depending on the platform. - - Note that this effect can be slow if the region is particularly - complex. - - The following code shows how an image with an alpha channel can be - used to generate a mask for a widget: - - \snippet doc/src/snippets/widget-mask/main.cpp 0 - - The label shown by this code is masked using the image it contains, - giving the appearance that an irregularly-shaped image is being drawn - directly onto the screen. - - Masked widgets receive mouse events only on their visible - portions. - - \sa clearMask(), windowOpacity(), {Shaped Clock Example} -*/ -void QWidget::setMask(const QBitmap &bitmap) -{ - setMask(QRegion(bitmap)); -} - -/*! - \fn void QWidget::clearMask() - - Removes any mask set by setMask(). - - \sa setMask() -*/ -void QWidget::clearMask() -{ - setMask(QRegion()); -} - -/*! \fn const QX11Info &QWidget::x11Info() const - Returns information about the configuration of the X display used to display - the widget. - - \warning This function is only available on X11. -*/ - -/*! \fn Qt::HANDLE QWidget::x11PictureHandle() const - Returns the X11 Picture handle of the widget for XRender - support. Use of this function is not portable. This function will - return 0 if XRender support is not compiled into Qt, if the - XRender extension is not supported on the X11 display, or if the - handle could not be created. -*/ - -#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN -void QWidgetPrivate::_q_delayedDestroy(WId winId) -{ - delete winId; -} -#endif - -#if QT_MAC_USE_COCOA -void QWidgetPrivate::syncUnifiedMode() { - // The whole purpose of this method is to keep the unifiedToolbar in sync. - // That means making sure we either exchange the drawing methods or we let - // the toolbar know that it does not require to draw the baseline. - Q_Q(QWidget); - // This function makes sense only if this is a top level - if(!q->isWindow()) - return; - OSWindowRef window = qt_mac_window_for(q); - if(changeMethods) { - // Ok, we are in documentMode. - if(originalDrawMethod) - qt_mac_replaceDrawRect(window, this); - } else { - if(!originalDrawMethod) - qt_mac_replaceDrawRectOriginal(window, this); - } -} - -#endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - -QT_END_NAMESPACE - -#include "moc_qwidget.cpp" - |